WO2003006060A1 - Sh3 domain binding inhibitors - Google Patents
Sh3 domain binding inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2003006060A1 WO2003006060A1 PCT/JP2002/003932 JP0203932W WO03006060A1 WO 2003006060 A1 WO2003006060 A1 WO 2003006060A1 JP 0203932 W JP0203932 W JP 0203932W WO 03006060 A1 WO03006060 A1 WO 03006060A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- compound
- acceptable salt
- pharmacologically acceptable
- domain binding
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
- C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D493/10—Spiro-condensed systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an SH3 domain binding inhibitor containing a non-peptide compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- the present invention also relates to compounds useful as SH3 domain binding inhibitors.
- Various receptors exist on the cell membrane and are activated in response to extracellular stimuli to transmit their signals into cells.
- Various signal molecules gather on the cytoplasmic side of the receptor to form a complex. Depending on the type of stimulus, each signal molecule elicits a different physiological effect.
- the domain structure plays an important role in the formation of signal molecule complexes.
- the Src homology domain 3 was discovered as a region of high homology between the Src family — a domain consisting of approximately 60 amino acids, located in various proteins, and containing a proline-containing sequence (proline-rich).
- proline-rich a proline-containing sequence
- Known proteins having a proline-rich sequence include HIV-1Nef, p22-phox, p47-phox, Sam68, Sosl, Zol, Dynamic c-Cbl and the like [for example, EMBO J., 14 vol.
- Proteins having an SH3 domain have been found in, for example, all eukaryotes, viruses such as HIV, and the like, and are considered to have universal functions.
- Frc which is a Src family kinase, Ras-GAP, PLC, PI3K, Abl, Btk, Lyn, Hck, Fgr, Proteins with enzyme activity such as Yes, adapter proteins without enzyme activity such as Grb2, Neks Vav, etc., p40-phox, p47-phox, p67-phox, etc. which are components of the NADPH oxidase complex [Proceding Prop. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 91, p. 10650 (1994) It is known that Txk, Tec, Tsk, Crk, Cortactin and the like have an SH3 domain. It is thought that protein-protein binding via the SH3 domain plays a role in forming a protein complex through an interaction with an appropriate affinity.
- SH3 domain binding inhibitors Protein-protein binding via the SH3 domain exists between signal molecules that are thought to be a cause in various diseases such as cancer, AIDS (acquired immune deficiency syndrome), allergy, etc. [Biopolymer. 383 pages (1997)]. This suggests that SH3 domain binding inhibitors that inhibit protein-protein binding via the SH3 domain (SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity) are considered to be effective as therapeutic agents for these diseases, such as in vivo carcinogenesis. It can be used for many applications including the regulation of disease-causing proteins that involve E. coli.
- the SH3 domain binding inhibitors reported so far have been peptides or peptide compounds based on hydrophobic amino acids such as proline with a molecular weight of 750 or more.
- Peptides or peptidic compounds, for example generally have poor blood stability, poor oral absorption, high molecular weight and are not easily incorporated into cells, and are easy to manufacture due to their complex structure However, it is costly, and it has many difficulties to use it as a therapeutic agent for diseases associated with SH3 domain binding.
- UCS15A (Luminacin C2 / SP4228A) is published in The Journal of Antibiotics, 53, 579 (2000), No. 58-116686, and No. 63-22583. No. 61-293920, No. 62-294619, No. 63-48213, No. 8-268888, Bone resorption inhibitory action, bactericidal action, immunosuppressive action, anti-trichophyton action, anti-tumor It is described as an active compound.
- Cytochalasins cytochalasin
- oral sericaracin Rossellichalasiii
- epoxy cytochalasin epoxycytochalasii ⁇ , force etoglobosin, chanoglobosin, penochalasin, and blood vessels such as aspochalasin
- Biological activities such as an inhibitory effect on renewal (WO98 / 41205) are known.
- the present invention relates to the following [1] to [ 51 ].
- An SH3 domain binding inhibitor comprising, as an active ingredient, a non-peptide compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- R 3 ⁇ R 3b and R 4 are the same or different, and each represents a hydrogen atom, hydroxy, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy.
- R 3a and R 3b together represent an oxygen atom;
- R 23 and R 2b are the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted
- R 5a and R 5a are the same or different and are independently a hydrogen atom, hydroxy, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl, substituted or Unsubstituted lower alkanoyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyloxy or substituted Or an unsubstituted lower arylaminocarbonylcarbonyl, or R 5a is taken together to represent an oxygen atom, and X represents an oxygen atom or —CH 2 —.
- R 6 represents a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl
- R 7 and R 9 are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, formyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower Al Kanoiru or substituted or unsubstituted Ararukiru
- R 11 are the same One or different, a hydrogen atom, a halogen, a hydroxy Doxy, a carboxy, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, formyl, cyano, nitro, amino, mono- or di-lower Arukiruamino, a compound represented by the representative) a substituted or unsubstituted lower aralkyl force Noiruamino or substitution or
- a non-peptidic compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity is represented by the general formula (Ilia)
- R 12a represents a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl
- Q 1 represents a single bond or an oxygen atom
- represents a single bond.
- Q 2 represents —C (OH) (CH 3 ) — when the two represent a single bond.
- X is an oxygen atom
- RR 4 and 1 ⁇ ⁇ are hydrogen atoms
- R 1 and R 3b are the same or different, and are hydroxy, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy or substituted or unsubstituted A lower alkanoyloxy
- R 2b is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl
- R 5a is a group represented by the general formula (IV)
- R 5 represents substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl
- R 5d and R 5 are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxy or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, or R 5 5d and R 5e represents together a connexion oxygen atom
- Nini represents a single bond or a double bond
- R 3A and R 3B are the same or different and each represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxy, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyloxy, or R 3A And R 3B together represent an oxygen atom, represents a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, and R 5e , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , RR 5i and R 5j are as defined above.
- R 5G is formyl and R 3A or R 3A
- R 3B is a hydrogen atom
- the other of R 3A or R 3B is not hydroxy] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a medicament comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- a medicament comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- An SH3 domain binding inhibitor comprising, as an active ingredient, the compound according to the above [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- An SH3 domain binding inhibitor comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- virus-derived protein is a protein derived from a retrovirus, a hepatitis virus or a virus.
- Proteins having an SH3 domain are Src, Yes, Fg Hck, Lck ⁇ Abl, Fyn, Lyn, Blks Yrk, Ras-GAP, PLC 7 s PI3K :, Tec, Txk / Rlk ⁇ Tsk / Emt / Itk, Btk, Crk, Grb2, Neks Vav, STAT, Cortactin, p40-phox, p67-phox, p47-phox ⁇
- TCR signal molecule TCRsm
- SH3 domain binding inhibitor The TCR signal molecule (TCRsm) or the ⁇ 2R? SH3 domain binding inhibitor.
- the binding of the protein having the SH3 domain to the protein having the proline rich sequence is Grb2 and Sosl, Fyn and Sam68, Src and Sam68, PLC and Sam68, Grb2 and Sam68, Lyn and HIV-lNef ⁇ Hck and HIV -lNef ⁇ TCRsm and HIV-lNef ⁇ p47-phox and p22-phox ⁇ 67-phox and p47-phox, Lyn and Dynamii Cortactin and Z01, Lyn and c-Cbl, IL-2R /?
- the binding between the protein having the SH3 domain and the protein having the proline-rich sequence is Grb2 and Sosl, Fyn and Sam68, Src and Sam68, PLC and Sam68, Grb2 and Sam68, Lyn and HIV-lNef or Cortactin and ZOl.
- ⁇ dUZd ⁇ used in the production of the compound according to [9] or [10] above, is a filamentous fungus (jylariaks filamentous fungus) MPC1005 (Accession number: FERM BP-7980), Aspergillus species ( A microorganism selected from the group consisting of MPC1006 (Accession number: FERM BP-7899) and Aspergillus sp. ( ⁇ "s sp.) MPC1009 (Accession number: FERM BP-7900).
- MPC1005 jylariaks filamentous fungus
- Aspergillus species A microorganism selected from the group consisting of MPC1006 (Accession number: FERM BP-7899) and Aspergillus sp. ( ⁇ "s sp.) MPC1009 (Accession number: FERM BP-7900).
- An antitumor agent comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- An antitumor agent comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- a therapeutic agent for allergic diseases comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to the above [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a therapeutic agent for allergic diseases comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- a therapeutic agent for a viral disease comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to [ 9 ] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a therapeutic agent for a viral disease comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- An AIDS therapeutic agent comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- An AIDS therapeutic agent comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- [42] treatment of various diseases involving SH3 domain binding characterized by administering an effective amount of the compound according to [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, or Z or Prevention methods.
- a method for treating and / or preventing or treating various diseases involving SH3 domain binding which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound according to the above [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating a malignant tumor which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating a malignant tumor which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating and preventing or preventing allergic diseases which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound according to [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating a viral disease which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound according to the above [9] or [10] or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating a viral disease which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating AIDS which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating AIDS which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating AIDS which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method for treating a viral disease which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- An AIDS therapeutic agent comprising a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- a therapeutic agent for a viral disease comprising as an active ingredient a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- Lower alkyl, and lower alkyl of lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkoxymethyl, lower alkylamino and mono- or di-lower alkylamino include, for example, straight-chain or branched alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, Specifically, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl and the like, or a cyclic alkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, Specific examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like.
- the lower alkenyl includes, for example, a straight-chain or branched alkenyl having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, vinyl, aryl, 1-propenyl, methacrylyl, crotyl,
- 1,3-butene genil, 1,3-pentene genil, 2,4-pentene genil, 1,5-dimethyl-1,4-hexagenyl, 1,3,5-hexatrienyl, etc. can give.
- the lower alkanoyl, and the lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyloxymethyl, lower alkanoylmethyl, lower alkanoylamino and lower alkanoylaminocarbonyl portions of the lower alkanoyl moiety include, for example, linear or branched Examples include branched alkanols having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isoptyryl, valeryl, isoparryl, piperoyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, and oxylnoyl.
- aryl, arylaryl, arylsulfonylamino and aryloxy aryl include, for example, aryl having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, specifically, phenyl, naphthyl, anthryl and the like.
- the aralkyl and the aralkyl moiety of the aralkyloxy include, for example, aralkyl having 7 to 15 carbon atoms, specifically, benzyl, phenethyl, and benzhydr. Lil, naphthylmethyl and the like.
- the heteroaryl includes, for example, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom
- a bicyclic or tricyclic condensed aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom and having a fused 3- to 8-membered ring.
- Halogen represents each atom of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- the lower alkenyl part of the lower alkenyloxy has the same meaning as the lower alkenyl (2).
- the substituents in the substituted aryl, the substituted aryloxy, the substituted arylamino, the substituted arylsulfonylamino, the substituted aralkyl and the substituted aralkyloxy are the same or different, for example, the number of substitutions:! To 5, hydroxy, halogen, formyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, lower alkanol and the like.
- the substitution position is not particularly limited.
- the lower alkyl moiety and the lower alkanoyl of the halogen, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy shown herein are respectively the same as the halogen (7) 7the lower alkyl (1) and the lower alkanoyl (3), and are substituted lower alkyl.
- the substituent of the lower alkoxy includes, for example, hydroxy or lower alkoxy having 1 to 3 substituents [the lower alkyl portion of the lower alkoxy is the same as the lower alkyl (1)], a halogen [the halogen is the halogen It is the same as (7)].
- the substitution position is not particularly limited.
- the lower alkanol portion of the lower alkanol and lower alkenyl group, the lower alkyl portion of the lower alkyl and lower alkoxy group, and the aryl portion of the aryl and alkyl groups described herein are respectively the lower alkyl group. It is synonymous with the power nozzle (3), the lower alkyl (1), and the aryl (4).
- the substituents on the substituted aryl and the substituted aryl have the same meanings as the substituents on the substituted aryl (9), and the substituents on the substituted lower alkanoyl and the substituted lower alkanol include the number of substituents 1 Examples of the above include hydroxy, lower alkoxy [the lower alkyl part of the lower alkoxy is the same as the lower alkyl (1)], halogen [the halogen is the same as the halogen (7)], and the like.
- cytochalasins for example, cytochalasin (cytochalasin), oral serichalasin (Rosdlichalasit ⁇ , epoxycytochalasin), force etoglobosin (chaetoglobosin), penocalasin, and aspochalasin. can give.
- SH3 domain binding inhibition refers to inhibition of protein-protein binding via the SH3 domain.
- SH3 domain binding may be, for example, any binding between a protein having an SH3 domain and a protein having a proline-rich sequence, for example, SH3 domain. And a protein having a proline rich sequence and / or a protein derived from a virus.
- proteins derived from the virus include proteins derived from retroviruses such as human immunodeficiency virus-1 (HIV-1) and human T lymphocyte virus-1 (HTLV-1), and Derberian hepatitis virus (HDV).
- HIV-1 human immunodeficiency virus-1
- HTLV-1 human T lymphocyte virus-1
- HDV Derberian hepatitis virus
- NDV Newcastle disease virus
- HBV-2 simple herpes virus 1-2
- EBV EB virus
- H. mori herpes virus H. saimiri
- Atererher's virus H. fltefe
- proteins derived from a herpes virus include Src, a non-receptor tyrosine kinase Src family protein, and Yes ⁇ Fgr ⁇ Hck ⁇ Lck ⁇ Abl ⁇ Fyn.
- Ras-GAP ras-GTPase-activating
- enzymatic activity such as (fgr / yes-related novel eene Lyn (lgr / yes-related novel gene, Blk (B-cell lymphocyte kinase) s Yrk, es-related kinase)) protein
- PLC PLC
- Tec Txk / Rlk, Tsk / Emt / Itks Btk, a protein of the Tec family of non-receptor-type oral synkinases such as (phospholipase C-gamma) ⁇ PI3K (phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase)
- a transcription factor such as Crk (CT-10bregulated), Grb2 (growth factor receptor -bound protein 2), Nck, and Vav, which are adapter proteins such as (Bruton's tyrosine kinase)
- T cell receptor such as p40-phox, p67-phox, p47-phox, etc.
- TCRsm [Current 'Biology-(Curr. Biol.), Vol. 11, p. 1294 (2001)], etc., the IL-2R (interleukin-2 receptor) chain or chain [Journal of Biology (J. Virol.), Vol. 74, p. 9828
- Proteins having a proline-rich sequence include, for example, p22 which is a component of HIV-lNe, a NefT 'involved in virus infection and / or proliferation, and replication of HIV-1 and a complex of NADPH-oxynase. -Phox, p47-phox, etc.
- cytoskeleton such as Sosl (son of sevenless) which is an adapter protein, Dynamic c-Cbl (casitas B-lineage lymphoma) HTLV-1 pX ORF I (open reading frame I of the pX regione) related to the persistence of virus infection, etc.
- Sosl son of sevenless
- Dynamic c-Cbl casitas B-lineage lymphoma
- HTLV-1 pX ORF I open reading frame I of the pX regione
- Examples of the binding between a protein having an SH3 domain and a protein having a proline rich sequence include, for example, Fyn and Sam68 [Journal of Biologic 'Chemistry (J. Biol. Chem.), 272, 6214 (1997). ], Src and Sam68 [Molecular Cell Biology (Mol. Cell Biol.), Vol. 15, 186 (1995)], Grb2 and Sosl [Nature, 363, 83 (1993) )], PLC J and Sam68 [Oncogene, 18 volumes, 4647 pages (1999)], Grb2 and Sam68 [Molecular and Cellular Biology (Mol. Cell. Biol), 15, 186 ( 1995)], Lyn and HIV-lNef or Hck and HIV-lNef [EMBO. J., 14, 484 (1995), Virology, 262, 55 (1999)], TCRsm and HIV-lNef [Curr. Biol., Vol. 11, 1294 (2001)], p47-phox and p22-pho
- Non-peptide compounds include, for example, pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts, metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, amino acid addition salts and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of non-peptide compounds include, for example, inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate and phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, and citrate
- examples of the pharmacologically acceptable metal salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt, and the like.
- Aluminum salts, zinc salts, etc. are listed.
- Pharmacologically acceptable ammonium salts include ammonium and tetramethylammonium.
- Pharmacologically acceptable organic amine addition salts include morpholine, piperidine and the like; pharmacologically acceptable amino acid addition salts include Addition salts of glycine, phenylalanine, lysine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid and the like can be mentioned.
- the non-peptide compound used in the present invention can be produced, for example, by a series of reactions shown below.
- compound (VI) can be produced by the following series of reaction steps.
- the compound (Via) wherein R 5G is hydroxymethyl can be produced from the compound (VII) by the following reaction steps.
- R, R 3A , R 3B , R 5e , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , R, R 5i and R 5j have the same meanings as described above, respectively.
- Compound (Via) can be obtained by treating compound (VII) with a reducing agent in an inert solvent.
- Examples of the reducing agent include sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, diisobutyl aluminum hydride, sodium bis (2-methoxyethoxy) aluminum hydride, and the like. 1 to: 10 equivalents are used.
- inert solvent examples include methanol, ethanol, chloroform, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethyl ether, toluene, and dimethylformamide (DMF).
- the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 1 minute to 24 hours.
- the compound (VIb) in which R 5G is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxymethyl or a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyloxymethyl is obtained from the compound (Via) obtained in Step 1 It can be produced by the following reaction steps.
- R, R 3A , R 3B , R 5cs R 5d , R 5es R 5f , R, R 5i and R 5j each have the same meaning as described above, and R is a substituted or unsubstituted lower.
- Alkyl [wherein the lower alkyl has the same meaning as the lower alkyl (1), and the substituent of the substituted lower alkyl has the same meaning as the substituent (10) of the substituted lower alkyl] or a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl
- Canoyl [the lower alkanoyl has the same meaning as the lower alkanoyl (3), and the substituent of the substituted lower alkenyl has the same meaning as the substituent (10) of the substituted lower alkenyl].
- the compound (VIb) is the same as the compound (Via) obtained in the step 1:! To 20 equivalents of R—Z (wherein R is as defined above, and Z represents each atom of chlorine, bromine, or iodine) ) In an inert solvent in the presence of a base.
- R—Z wherein R is as defined above, and Z represents each atom of chlorine, bromine, or iodine
- R—Z represents each atom of chlorine, bromine, or iodine
- Examples of the base include pyridine, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydride and the like, and the base is used in an amount of 1 to 50 equivalents to compound (Via) or as a solvent.
- inert solvent examples include chloroform, dichloromethane, acetone, dimethyl ether, acetonitrile, and THF ⁇ DMF ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ .
- the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 5 minutes to 24 hours.
- Examples of the base include pyridine, triethylamine and the like, and the base is used in an amount of 1 to 20 equivalents based on compound (VII).
- Inert solvents include, for example, chloroform, dichloromethane, acetone, methyl ether, acetonitrile, THF, DMF ⁇ .
- the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 5 minutes to 24 hours.
- the starting material (VII) in this production method 1 is, for example, the Journal of Antibiotics, Vol. 53, p. 579 (2000), or It can be obtained according to the method described in Japanese Unexamined Utility Model Publication No. 58-116686, or according to them.
- Manufacturing method 2 is, for example, the Journal of Antibiotics, Vol. 53, p. 579 (2000), or It can be obtained according to the method described in Japanese Unexamined Utility Model Publication No. 58-116686, or according to them.
- Compound (II) can be produced, for example, from compound (VIII) by the following method.
- the acid examples include organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid; inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, and phosphoric acid; and Lewis acids such as titanium tetrachloride and boron trifluoride etherate. Among them, boron trifluoride etherate is more preferably used.
- the acid is used in an amount of 1 to 100 equivalents based on compound (VIII) or as a solvent.
- Inert solvents include, for example, chloroform, dichloromethane, THF, DMF ⁇ .
- the reaction is carried out at a temperature between -30 ° C and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 1 minute to 24 hours.
- the starting compound (VIII) can be used as a commercially available product or as described in the journal “Ob” American Chemical Chemical Society (J. Am. Chem. Soc.), Vol. 122, p. 3071 (2000). Or it can be obtained according to it.
- Compound (lib) is prepared by treating compound (Ila) obtained in Step 1 of Production Method 2 with 1 to 20 equivalents of RZ (R and Z are as defined above) in an inert solvent in the presence of a base. It can be obtained by reacting.
- Examples of the base include pyridine, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium hydride and the like, and the base is used in an amount of 1 to 5 equivalents to compound (Ila).
- inert solvent examples include chloroform, dichloromethane, acetone, methyl ether, acetonitrile, and THF ⁇ DMF ⁇ .
- the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 5 minutes to 24 hours.
- Compound (I) can be prepared, for example, according to the method described in the above-mentioned Production method 1, Journal of America, Chemical Society (Am. Chem. Soc.), Vol. 107, page 256 (1985), Vol. 2549 (1972), etc., The Journal of Antibiotics, 53, 579 (2000), JP-A-58-116686, etc. Method or according to them.
- compound (Va) and compound (Vb) cytochalasin derivative
- Production method 5 Production method 5:
- the cytochalasin derivative is produced by culturing a microorganism having a cytochalasin derivative-producing ability in a medium, producing and accumulating the cytochalasin derivative in the culture, and collecting the cytochalasin derivative from the culture.
- any strain can be used as long as it is a strain having a cytochalasin derivative-producing ability.
- Mutants obtained by mutating these strains by an artificial mutation method for example, ultraviolet irradiation, 'X-ray irradiation, treatment with a mutagen, etc. Any of these can be used in the present invention.
- an ordinary method for culturing a filamentous fungus is applied.
- the medium any of a synthetic medium and a natural medium can be used as long as the medium contains a carbon source, a nitrogen source, an inorganic substance, etc. which can be assimilated by microorganisms.
- -Carbon sources include glucose, starch, dextrin, mannose, fructo Sucrose, lactose, xylose, arabinose, mannitol, molasses and the like are used alone or in combination.
- hydrocarbons, alcohols, organic acids, etc. are used depending on the assimilation ability of the bacteria.
- ammonium chloride, ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulfate, sodium nitrate, urea, peptone, meat extract, yeast extract, dried yeast, corn-steep liquor, soybean powder, casamino acid, etc. are used alone or in combination.
- Inorganic salts can also be added.
- trace components that promote the growth of the bacteria used and the production of cytochalasin derivatives can be appropriately added.
- a liquid culture method particularly a submerged stirring culture method, is suitable.
- the cultivation is carried out at a temperature of 16 to 37 ° C, preferably 25 to 32 ° C, at pH 4 to 10, preferably at pH 6 to 8.
- aqueous ammonia or ammonium carbonate solution or the like is used. Used. Culture is usually completed in 1 to 10 days, but it is preferable to stop the culture when the cytochalasin derivative is produced and accumulated in the culture solution and in the cells, and the amount of production in the culture reaches the maximum.
- Isolation and purification of the cytochalasin derivative accumulated in the culture from the culture are performed according to a method commonly used for isolating and purifying ordinary microbial metabolites from the culture.
- the culture is separated into a culture filtrate and cells by filtration, and the cell components are extracted from the cells with a solvent such as black form, acetone, and methanol.
- the extract and the culture filtrate are combined and passed through a polystyrene-based adsorbent, for example, Diaion HP-20 (manufactured by Ryishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), to adsorb the active components, and then, methanol, acetone, or the like is used. Elute.
- cytolasin derivative is obtained by column chromatography using octyl decyl group-bonded silica gel (ODS), high-performance liquid chromatography, column chromatography using silica gel, or the like.
- ODS octyl decyl group-bonded silica gel
- the detection of cytochalasin derivatives during the culturing, isolation, and purification procedures was performed by thin-layer chromatography. It can be carried out by using an Eod reagent.
- the present inventors have proposed that as a strain having cytochalasin derivative-producing ability, MPC1006 and MPC1009, newly isolated from soil and belonging to Aspergillus sp. 'C43 ⁇ 4erg Zi «sp.), Have cytochalasin having SH3 binding inhibitory action. Found to produce derivatives.
- the representative strain MPC1006 producing the compound of the present invention was isolated from soil and has the following bacteriological properties.
- the diameter of the colonies reaches 38-39 mm on day 7 of culture and 65-68 mm on day 11 of culture.
- the center of the surface of the colony on day 11 of culture has a very pale reddish yellow color, and the outside has a very pale yellow color.
- the center of the back of the settlement is light red-yellow at the center and extremely light yellow at the outside.
- the diameter of the colonies reaches 38 to 40 mm on day 7 of culture and 46 to 48 mm on day 11 of culture.
- the center of the surface of the colony is light grayish yellow, and the outside is very pale yellow. It is white in some places.
- the center of the back of the settlement has a dull yellow color, and the outside has a pale yellow color.
- the growth temperature range of this fungus is 11.5-34 ° C, and it grows best around 28.5 ° C.
- the growth pH ranges from 3.5 to 11.5 and grows best around pH 7.5.
- the following shows the results of observation of this bacterium with a light microscope when cultured on a malt extract agar medium at 25 ° C for 7 days.
- Hyphae have partitions, 1.0-3.0 m wide, smooth, colorless, and well-branched.
- the conidiophore has no bulkhead, 3.5-5.0 m wide, 420-700 ⁇ ⁇ , smooth, colorless and does not branch.
- the tip of the conidiophore bulges round and forms a cap. Its diameter is 12. 5 25.0 Zm, the entire surface metulae are formed, the length of metulae is 5.5 ⁇ 8.0 ⁇ M.
- a thin, thick-eared phialide conidia-forming cell
- conidium is formed from fiaraid into endogenous budding type and fibular type and linked.
- the filamentous conidium is unicellular, pale yellowish green, spherical to subspherical in shape, and its surface is smooth and 1.5 to 3.0 m in diameter. In this strain, only the anamorph described above is observed, and no teleomorph is observed.
- strain MPC-1009 producing the compound of the present invention was also isolated from the soil, and has the following bacteriological properties.
- the diameter of colonies reaches 18 to 25 mm on day 4 of culture and 37 to 48 mm on day 11 of culture.
- the center of the surface of the colony has a very pale yellow color, and the outside has a yellowish white color.
- the back of the settlement is light grayish yellow.
- the diameter of colonies reaches 17-18 mm on the fourth day of culture and 27-31 mm on the 11th day of culture.
- the center of the colony on the 11th day of culture has a bright gray-yellow surface and a yellowish white outside.
- the center of the back of the settlement has a light grayish yellow at the center and a very pale yellow outside.
- the growth temperature range of this fungus is 13.0-34.5 ° C, and it grows best around 27.5 ° C. Growth
- the pH ranges from 3.5 to 11.2 and grows best around pH 7.3.
- the following shows the observation results of this bacterium with an optical microscope when cultured at 25 ° C for 2 weeks on a malt extract agar medium.
- Hyphae have septum, width of 1.5-2.5 m, smooth, colorless and well-branched.
- the conidiophore has no partition, 3.0-5.0 / m wide, 300-350 ⁇ m long, smooth, colorless, and does not branch.
- the tip of the conidiophore bulges round and forms a cap. Its diameter is from 15.0 to 17.5 m, and thin, thick-eared phialides (conidiogenesis cells) are formed on the entire surface.
- the length of the phiaride is 10.0-11.5 / m. No metres are formed, and the conidia are formed from phialides in an endogenous budding type and a phial type and linked.
- This Firo-type conidium is unicellular, light green, spherical or subspherical in shape, its surface is smooth, and its diameter is 2.0 to 3.0 m. In this strain, only the anamorph described above is observed, and teleomorph is not observed.
- the taxonomic position of the bacterium was determined by The Genera of Fungi Sporulating in Pure Culture, 2nd ed. 2nd ed., Cramer, Vanduz, JA von Arx, 197)), and it was revealed that the thick bacilli eventually belonged to ⁇ ) a filamentous infectious bacterium, Aspergillus sp. Was.
- the present inventors have named these strains as “Aspergillus sp. MPC1006” and “Aspergillus sp.
- strain MPC1005 producing the compound of the present invention was also isolated from soil, and its bacteriological properties are as follows.
- the growth temperature range of this fungus is 13.3-38.6 ° C, and it grows best around 33.0 ° C. Growth The pH ranges from 3.7 to 9.4 and grows best around pH 7.2.
- Hyphae have septum, width 0.5-3.0 m, smooth, colorless, sometimes colored and well-branched.
- the cells were cultured at 25 ° C for 2 months or more. In this generation, neither anamorph nor teleomorph was observed.
- the partial nucleotide sequence (1228 bp) of the 18S ribosomal DNA (18S rDNA) of this bacterium had the nucleotide sequence represented by SEQ ID NO: 1.
- this bacterium Black-spotted mushroom, Nippon-yaki orchid MPC1005 (Xylariales filamentous fungus MPC1005)”, and received the accession number FERM BP-7980 (Original deposit date: March 2002) 26th) Deposited at the National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology (AIST) Patent Depositary Center (1-1 Tsukuba East, Ibaraki Prefecture, Japan, 1 Chuo No. 6)
- the intermediates and target compounds in each of the above production methods are isolated and purified by separation and purification methods commonly used in organic synthetic chemistry, for example, filtration, extraction, washing, drying, concentration, recrystallization, various chromatographies, etc. can do.
- the intermediate can be subjected to the next reaction without particular purification.
- Compound (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) may have stereoisomers such as geometric isomers and optical isomers However, all the possible isomers and mixtures thereof, including these, are also included in these compounds, and the non-peptidic conjugates used in the present invention, compounds (1), (11), (Ilia ), (IIIb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI), the non-peptidic compound used in the present invention, compound (I), ( ⁇ ), (Ilia), When (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) is obtained in the form of a salt, it may be purified as it is, and when it is obtained in the free form, the non-peptide compound used in the present invention may be used.
- (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) may be dissolved or suspended in an appropriate solvent, and then isolated or purified by adding an acid or a base.
- non-peptide compound used in the present invention compound (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) and its pharmacologically acceptable
- the salt may be present in the form of an adduct with water or various solvents, and these adducts are also included in the above-mentioned conjugate or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compounds shown in the above Tables 1 to 3 are also used, and specific examples of the compounds used in the present invention include compounds (I), ( ⁇ ), (Ilia) and (Ilia). Illb) is shown in Tables 4-7.
- Test example 1 SH3 domain binding inhibition test 1
- Sam68AC Human recombinant Sam68
- RSB mmol / L Tris monohydrochloride, pH7
- BSA bovine serum albumiii
- FV bovine blood albumin
- Nacalai Tesque, Inc. Nacalai Tesque, Inc.
- the compound was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) to prepare a 10 mmol / L DMSO solution.
- DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
- the DMSO solution was added to the above Sam68 ⁇ C solution such that the final concentrations were 20 and 100 Hmol / L, respectively.
- the amount of DMSO added was the same.
- the Sam68A C solution containing the compound was incubated at 37 ° C for 6 hours while gently rotating in a rotary incubator to remove the compound.
- Fyn-SH3 protein-agarose beads (hereinafter referred to as Fyn-SH3 beads) in which the mouse recombinant SH3 domain of protein SH3 having SH3 domain is bound to agarose beads are added to the Sam68AC solution reacted with the compound in (1) above. 85-139) AC; manufactured by Santa Crutz '].
- the protein-protein binding reaction between Sam68 ⁇ C after the compound reaction and Fyn-SH3 beads containing the SH3 domain was carried out at 4 ° C for 16 hours while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine.
- the complex of Sam68 ⁇ C and Fyn-SH3 beads was precipitated by a rotary centrifuge at 4 ° C and 50 ppm for 3 minutes, and then a TritonX / Np40 extraction buffer solution containing a surfactant [50 mmol / L Tris-1 Hydrochloric acid pH 7.4, 150 mmol / L NaCl lmmol / L ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA), 1% Triton X-100 (TritonX-100), 0.5% nonidet P-40 (NP-40)] Add ImL and add 4 ° Rotation at C for 10 minutes After gentle rotation in the incubator, the same precipitation and washing was performed twice.
- a TritonX / Np40 extraction buffer solution containing a surfactant [50 mmol / L Tris-1 Hydrochloric acid pH 7.4, 150 mmol / L NaCl lmmol / L ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA), 1% Triton
- Human colon cancer-derived cell line HCT116 (ATCC No. CCL-247) was used at 37 ° C. using a modified McCoy's medium [McCoy's 5A modified medium; Gibco (GIBCO)] containing 10% ⁇ , fetal serum. in 5% C0 2 under the conditions of CC T Nkyube Isseki one were cultured in 100mm diameter Didzushi Interview for cell culture. Then, compound 1 was added to two dishes of HCT116 cells on the second day so that the final concentrations were 0.5, 1, 2, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, and 30 mol / L, respectively. . Compound 1 to be added was previously diluted with DMSO so that the amount of DMSO added was the same.
- HCT116 cell tissue with Compound 1 was added at 37 ° C! , And incubated 5% C0 2 under the conditions of the C0 2 incubator base Isseki one 2 hours, allowed to act compound. Collect two dishes of HCT116 cells with compound 1 and react with the medium. After mixing well, the mixture was stirred at 4 ° C for 45 minutes while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine to extract cytoplasmic proteins. The cell extract was centrifuged at 15,000 rpm at 4 ° C for 30 minutes, and the supernatant was collected.
- the cell extract obtained after the addition of the compound obtained in the above (1) was added with 3 g of anti-Src antibody [manufactured by Santa Crutz] and anti-PLC antibody [Santa Crutz] 3 ⁇ g, anti-Grb2 antibody [from Sanyo Cruz (5 && 1 ⁇ )] 3 ⁇ , or anti-Cortactin antibody [from Sanyo Cruz (Santa Cmtz)] 3 ⁇ g
- the reaction was carried out at 4 ° C for 16 hours with gentle rotation.
- Protein A / G-conjugated agarose beads 30 were added to each SH3 domain-binding protein complex after the antibody reaction, and reacted at 4 ° C for 1 hour while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine.
- a protein containing a proline-rich sequence in each SH3 domain-binding protein complex in the supernatant was detected by Western blotting as follows. First, the protein in the gel after the electrophoresis described in (2) above was plotted on a 0.45 ⁇ m nitrocellulose membrane [Protran; Produced by Schleicher and SchuelO], and PBS was applied to the membrane. Non-specific binding was blocked by loading -TG. Eg anti-Sam68 antibody for detection of Sam68, Eg anti-Sosl antibody for detection of Sos, and detection of Z01 for Z01. ⁇ A heron anti-ZOl antibody was diluted 1: 1000 with PBS-TG and reacted for 2 hours.
- Nef derived from HIV-1 having a proline-rich sequence [Nef (3-190); manufactured by Cortex Corporation] 0.3 ⁇ g and purified Lyn derived from sea bream [Lyn; manufactured by Upstate Biotechnology] 1 Zg was added to 1 mL of RSB (10 mmol / L Tris-HCl pH7.6, 10 mmol / L NaCi .5 mmol / L MgCl 2 ), a hypotonic buffer containing 0.1% BSA (bovine serum albumin), and Nef And a mixed solution of Lyn was prepared. The compound was dissolved in DMSO to prepare a DMSO solution having a concentration of 10 mmol / L.
- RSB 10 mmol / L Tris-HCl pH7.6, 10 mmol / L NaCi .5 mmol / L MgCl 2
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- the DMSO solution was added to the above-mentioned mixed solution of Nef and Lyn such that the final concentrations were 1, 2, 5, and 10 mol / L, respectively.
- the compound to be added was diluted in advance with DMSO so that the amount of DMSO added was the same.
- the mixed solution of Nef and Lyn to which the compound had been added was stirred at 4 ° C for 16 hours while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine to react the compound with Nef and Lyn proteins.
- the Nef protein containing a proline-rich sequence in the Nef / Lyn SH3 domain-binding protein complex in the above supernatant was detected by Western blotting as follows. First, the protein in the gel after the electrophoresis in the above (2) was plated on a 0.45 ⁇ m nitrocellulose membrane [Protran; Produced by Schleicher aixi Schuell], and then applied to the membrane. Non-specific binding was blocked with PBS-TG. Since galactosidase was fused to the recombinant Nef protein used, Nef was detected using an anti-galactosidase antibody (anti- ⁇ -gal antibody).
- a heron anti-galactosidase antibody was diluted 1: 1000 with PBS-TG and reacted for 2 hours. After washing with PBS-T, an HRP-conjugated anti-Egret antibody [manufactured by Amersham] diluted 1: 4000 with PBS-TG was reacted for 1 hour. After washing with PBS-T, detection was performed by chemiluminescence using an ECL reagent (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
- Test example Calculation of the SH3 domain binding inhibition rate of a compound Based on the results plotted according to the method of Test Example 1, the SH3 domain binding inhibition rate of the compound was calculated as follows.
- the band intensity of Fyn-1 SH3 and Sam 68 AC developed on the film by chemiluminescence was measured using a gel scanner-1 (manufactured by TOYOBO).
- the band intensity of Sam68AC was divided by the band intensity of Fyn-SH3 to calculate the band intensity of Sam68AC with respect to the band intensity of Fyn-SH3.
- the ratio of the band intensity of Sam68AC to the band intensity of Fyn-SH3 when no compound was added was defined as 100%, and the ratio of decrease in the band intensity of Sam68AC after the compound was added was defined as the inhibition ratio of SH3 domain binding of the compound. The results are shown in Table 8.
- MT2 cells (T cell line) were transformed using RPMI1640 medium [Gibco (GIBCO) No. 26140-076] containing 10% fetal bovine serum [GIBCO (No. 26 140-079)]. The volume was adjusted to 10 5 cells / mL, and 1 mL was dispensed per well into a 24-well plate [24 well plate: No.3526, manufactured by Coster Corporation].
- culture supernatants of 50 / L were collected at 3, 5, 7, and 9, respectively, and stored at -80 ° C until measurement.
- the virus which infected the virus and did not add the drug was defined as positive control, and the virus which did not infect the virus and did not add the drug was defined as negative control.
- the test was performed three times with the same contents.
- the quantification of HIV-1 was determined by the RT assay method (Reverse) with a slight modification to the method described in Journal Off, J. Virol., Vol. 38, p. 239 (1981). Transcriptase assay).
- RT cocktail 50 mmol / L Tris pH 7.5, 50 mmol / L EDTA ⁇ 75 mmol / L KC1, 5 mmol / L MgC, 5 jLL g / mL Poly (A ) [Pharmacia (Pharmacia) No.27-4110-01], 1.6 ⁇ g / mL oligo (dT) 12-18 [Pharmacia No.27-7858-01] ⁇ 5mmol / L DTT (dithiolate), 0.05% NP-40, 10 / Ci / mL [ shed - 32 P] dTTP ⁇ was added 25 ⁇ L and incubated for 2 hours at 37 ° C.
- reaction solution 6 ⁇ L of their DEAE filtermat [Perkin Elmer one (PerMn Elmer) Co., Nanba1450-522] spotted, after removing the shed one 32 P] dTTP unreacted Infiltrate MeltiLex-A [Perkin Elmer, No. 1450-441], and measure the amount of HIV-1 as RT activity count (cpm / L) in MICROBETA The measurement was performed using a PLUS liquid scintillation counter [Perkin Elmer Co.].
- MT2 cells T cell line
- RPMI1640 medium manufactured by Gibco (GIBCO), No. 26140-076] containing 10% fetal bovine serum [GIBCO (No. 26140-079)]. It was adjusted to 10 5 cells / mL, 96 Werupureto [96 well plate: Costar (Coster) Co.] was dispensed at 100 L per minute Kakuu Ell. After adding the compound to each cell and culturing, observe the state of the cells on the third day, collect the cells, stain the cells with 0.4% trypan blue [SIGMA], ⁇ -8154]. The number of surviving cells was counted. As a result, even when the compound 1 was added at a concentration of 10 mol / L, no decrease in the number of viable cells was observed.
- a drug containing a compound having an excellent SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity as an active ingredient can be used for various diseases involving protein-protein binding via SH3 domain (e.g., AIDS, malignant tumor, allergy) It is suggested to be effective for sexual diseases, viral diseases, etc. [Biopolymer, vol. 43, p. 383 (1997)].
- Compound (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof can be administered alone as it is. However, it is usually desirable to provide them as various pharmaceutical preparations. The pharmaceutical preparations are used for animals and humans.
- the pharmaceutical preparation according to the present invention comprises a compound (1), (11), (Ilia), (IIIb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) as an active ingredient or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- a compound (1) (11), (Ilia), (IIIb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) as an active ingredient or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
- such pharmaceutical preparations are produced by mixing the active ingredient with one or more pharmacologically acceptable carriers and by any method well known in the technical field of pharmaceuticals.
- Examples of the administration form include tablets, powders, granules, syrups, and injections.
- Liquid preparations suitable for oral administration, such as syrups include, for example, water, sugars such as sucrose, sorbitol, fructose, glycols such as polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol, oils such as sesame oil, olive oil, and soybean oil.
- Preservatives such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters, flavors such as strawberry flavor and peppermint
- Tablets, powders, granules and the like include excipients such as lactose, pudose, sucrose and mannitol, starch, disintegrants such as sodium alginate, lubricants such as magnesium stearate, talc, poly It can be produced using a binder such as vinyl alcohol, hydroxypropylcellulose, and gelatin, a surfactant such as a fatty acid ester, and a plasticizer such as glycerin.
- Formulations suitable for parenteral administration comprise a sterile aqueous preparation containing the active compound which is preferably isotonic with the blood of the recipient.
- a solution for injection is prepared using, for example, a carrier comprising a salt solution, a glucose solution or a mixture of a salt solution and a butudose solution.
- the diluents, preservatives, and flavoring agents exemplified for the oral preparations are used.
- One or more auxiliary ingredients selected from bars, excipients, disintegrants, lubricants, binders, surfactants, plasticizers and the like can also be added.
- the dose and frequency of compound (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof It depends on the form of administration, the age and weight of the patient, the nature or severity of the condition to be treated, etc., but in the case of oral administration, usually 0.01 mg to lg per adult, preferably 0.05 to 50 mg once or more per day Dosing once. In the case of parenteral administration such as intravenous administration, 0.001 to 100 mg , preferably 0.01 to 10 mg , per adult is administered once to several times a day. However, the dose and the number of administrations vary depending on the various conditions described above.
- FIG. 1 shows the results of an assay for inhibiting the binding of Sam68 C and Fyn-SH3 at the in-vitro mouth when compounds (I) and (VI) were added at different concentrations.
- the numbers at the top of each lane indicate the compound number and the concentration (Lmol / L) of each compound added to the Sam68AC solution.
- the description on the left shows the name of each plot.
- FIG. 2 shows the results of inhibition of binding between Sam68AC and Fyn-SH3 at the in-vitro mouth when compound 1 and compound (Ilia) were added at different concentrations.
- the numbers at the top of each lane indicate the compound number and the concentration ( ⁇ mol / L) of each compound added to the Sam68 ⁇ C solution.
- the description on the left shows the name of each plot.
- FIG. 3 shows the in vitro results of the inhibition of the binding of Sam68AC and Fyn-SH3 when the compounds (II) and (Ilia) were added at different concentrations.
- the numbers above each lane indicate the compound number and the concentration ( ⁇ mol / L) of each compound added to the Sam68AC solution.
- the description on the left shows the name of each plot.
- FIG. 4 shows the results of a binding inhibition assay between Src and Sam68 in cells when Compound 1 was added at different concentrations.
- the numbers at the top of each lane indicate the concentration (/ mol / L) of compound 1 added to HCT116 cells.
- the description on the left shows the name of the broth.
- FIG. 5 shows the results of the binding inhibition assay between the intracellular PLC and Sam68 when compound 1 was added at different concentrations.
- the numbers at the top of each lane are for HCT116 cells. Shows the concentration (md / L) of Compound 1 added.
- the description on the left shows the name of the plot.
- FIG. 6 shows the results of assays for inhibiting the binding of Grb2 to Sosl in cells when compound 1 was added at different concentrations.
- the numbers at the top of each lane indicate the concentration (Zmol / L) of compound 1 added to HCT116 cells.
- the description on the left shows the name of the broth.
- FIG. 7 shows the results of the assay for inhibiting the binding of intracellular Cortactin and ZOl when the compound 1 was added at a different concentration.
- the numbers above each lane indicate the concentration (mol / L) of compound 1 added to HCT116 cells.
- the description on the left shows the name of the plot.
- FIG. 8 shows the results of in vitro binding inhibition assay of Nef and Lyn when compounds 1 and 3 were added at different concentrations.
- the numbers at the top of each lane indicate the compound number and the concentration ( ⁇ mol / L) of the compound added to the mixed solution of Nef and Lyn.
- the description on the left shows the name of the plot.
- Figures 9 to L1 show the results of the HIV-1 proliferation inhibition test (RT Assay) when compound 1 was added at different concentrations. The results were obtained by performing three tests under the same conditions. is there.
- the left side of the vertical axis of the graph shows the amount of HIV-1 as the count of RT activity (cpmA L), and the lower side of the horizontal axis of the graph shows the number of days elapsed since HIV-1 infection (days). Is shown.
- the meaning of each plot on the graph is as follows.
- Figs. 12 to 14 show the results of the HIV-1 growth inhibition test (RT Assay) when PP2 was added at different concentrations, and the results of three tests performed under the same conditions. is there.
- the amount of HIV-1 is shown as RT activity count (cpm / ⁇ L).
- the number of days elapsed since HIV-1 infection was plotted. (Day). The meaning of each plot on the graph is as follows.
- a tablet having the following composition is prepared by a conventional method.
- Compound 2 40 g
- lactose (286.8 g) and potato starch 60 g
- a 10% aqueous solution of hydroxypropyl cellulose 120 g
- This mixture is kneaded by a conventional method, granulated, dried, and then sized to obtain granules for tableting.
- Maguneshiumu stearate 1.2 g
- a tableting machine having a pestle of diameter 8mm in performing tableting Karlikusui, RT-15
- tablets per tablet active ingredient 2 Omg Containing
- a capsule having the following composition is prepared by a conventional method.
- Compound 12 (200 g), Avicel (995 g) and magnesium stearate (5 g) are mixed by a conventional method.
- This mixture is filled into Hard Capsule No. 4 (capacity of 120 mg per capsule) with a capsule filling machine (LZ-64 type, manufactured by Zanasi) to obtain a capsule (containing 20 mg of active ingredient per capsule). .
- An injection having the following composition is prepared by a conventional method.
- Purify Compound 10 (lg) Dissolve in soybean oil and add purified egg yolk lecithin (12 g) and glycerin for injection (25 g). This mixture is kneaded and emulsified with distilled water for injection to 100 mL in a conventional manner. The resulting dispersion is aseptically filtered using a 0.2 / m disposable membrane filter, and then aseptically filled into glass vials in 2 mL increments. Injection (containing 2 mg of active ingredient per vial) Get.
- Example 5 Compound 3 Compound 2 (10 mg; 0.021 mmol) obtained in Example 4 was dissolved in pyridine (0.5 mL), acetic anhydride (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After concentrating the reaction solution, the obtained residue was crystallized from a mixed solvent of IPE and n-hexane to obtain 4.6 mg of Compound 3 (yield: 32%).
- each platinum loop was filled with 50 mL of seed medium (3% mash, 3% glucose, 10% glucose, 0.5% yeast extract, pH 6.5). And inoculated on a rotary stirrer at 28 ° C. for 5 days to obtain a seed culture.
- Production medium of seed culture 2.5mL of this 50 mL (2% glucose, mashed 2%, Bae script down 0.5%, H 2 PO 4 0.5 %, Mg 3 (O 4) 2 '8H 2 O0.05%, pH6 .0) containing 300mL ⁇ Scos (40) were inoculated and cultured on a rotary shaker at 25 ° C for 5 days.
- the culture solution (2 L) was separated into bacterial cells and supernatant by suction filtration, and the culture supernatant was subjected to column chromatography using Diaion HP-20 (30 mL) previously filled with 20% methanol. After washing stepwise with 40, 50, and 60% methanol, elution was performed with 90 and 100% methanol.
- the eluate (150 mL) was concentrated, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the extract was separated and purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (Develosil HG-5 20x250 mm; 40-; eluted stepwise with L00% aqueous acetonitrile). 2.2 mg of compound 20 was obtained.
- 75 mL of this primary seed culture is mixed with 2.5 L of a secondary seed medium (glucose 2%, marsh potato 1%, peptone 0.5%, KH 2 PO 4 0.5%, Mg PO 4 ) 2 '8H 2 O 0.05%, ⁇ 6. ⁇ ) Was inoculated into a 5 L section of the yeast overnight, followed by aeration and agitation culture at 25 ° C for 24 hours.
- a secondary seed medium (glucose 2%, marsh potato 1%, peptone 0.5%, KH 2 PO 4 0.5%, Mg PO 4 ) 2 '8H 2 O 0.05%, ⁇ 6. ⁇ )
- the resulting secondary-seed culture 450mL of 15L of production medium (2% glucose, mashed 2%, Bae script down 0.5%, KH 2 PO 4 0.5 % s Mg PO 4) 2 '8H 2 O0.05%, pH6 .0) was inoculated into 2 jars of jar fermenter having a capacity of 30 L and aerated and stirred at 25 ° C for 5 days. After cultivation, The culture solution (30 L) was separated into cells and supernatant by suction filtration, and 20 L of methanol was added to the cells, followed by extraction by stirring.
- the extract was subjected to column chromatography with Dyaion HP-20 (1.5 L) previously filled with a 30% aqueous methanol solution, washed with a 50% aqueous methanol solution, and eluted with 100% methanol. The eluate was concentrated, extracted with ethyl acetate, and concentrated to dryness to obtain 23.7 g of bacterial cell extract.
- the obtained bacterial cell extract was subjected to silica gel column chromatography (a mixed solvent of black form and methanol), and a fraction containing compound 21 was collected and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was partitioned between a 90% aqueous methanol solution and n-hexane to remove fatty acid components.
- the extract (5.44 g) in a 90% aqueous methanol solution was subjected to silica gel column chromatography (a mixed solvent of n-hexane and ethyl acetate), and the fraction containing compound 21 was collected and concentrated.
- the obtained residue (1.24 g) was dissolved in a small amount of ether, and powdered by adding n-hexane to obtain compound 21 (343 mg).
- a loop of each platinum loop was filled with four 50 mL seed culture media (3% matsushpotato, 10% glucose, 0.5% yeast extract, pH 6.5) in a 300 mL triangle.
- the flask was inoculated and cultured on a rotary stirrer at 28 ° C. for 5 days to obtain a seed culture.
- 2.5 mL of this seed culture was added to 50 5 OmL production media (3% sucrose, 2% soluble starch, Inoculate a 300 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing dried yeast 0.5%, malt extract 1%, corn steep liquor (CSL) 0.5%, vegetable juice 20%, CaCO 3 0.5%, pH 6.0 C.
- the culture was performed on a rotary shaker for 5 days.
- the culture solution (2.5 L) was separated into cells and supernatant by suction filtration, 6 L of methanol was added to the cells, and the mixture was stirred and extracted.
- the extract was concentrated under reduced pressure until the volume became about 3 L.
- the culture supernatant and the concentrated cell extract were combined, subjected to column chromatography on Diane HP-20 (150 mL) packed with 50% methanol, washed with 50% methanol, and then washed with 100% methanol. It was eluted at the medium.
- the eluate was concentrated under reduced pressure to about 200 mL, extracted with ethyl acetate (250 mL ⁇ 2), washed with saturated saline, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
- Reference Example 1 Compound 1 (UCS15A / Luminacin C2 / SP4228A) Compound 1 was produced by the method described in The Journal of Antibiotics, vol. 53, p. 579 (2000) and JP-A-58-116686. It was obtained by culturing actinomycetes belonging to the genus Streptoy and isolating and purifying it from the culture broth.
- Compound 5 can be obtained according to the method described in JP-A-62-294619, but can also be obtained by the following method.
- Reference Example 1 Compound obtained in 1; dissolved (Llmg 0.023 mmol) in a mixed solvent of THF (LML) and water (0.5 mL) and methanol Ichiru (1 drop), sulfate methylhydrazine (3 0 mg, 0. 2 lmmol) and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours.
- the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (lOmL) and extracted, and the organic layer was washed with water and an aqueous solution of lmol / L ⁇ acid.
- the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated, and the obtained residue was crystallized from a mixed solvent of IPE and n-hexane to obtain 5.9 mg of Compound 5 (yield 50%).
- Resorcinol 600 mg; 5.45 mmol
- sorbic acid 600 mg; 5.36 mmol
- boron trifluoride etherate 10 mL
- a small amount of water was added to the reaction solution while cooling with ice, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 2).
- the residue was dissolved in a mixed solvent of THF (50 mL) and water (50 mL), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 30 minutes.
- Compound 10 can be obtained by the method described in Tetrahedron, vol. 31, p. 1593 (1975), but can also be obtained by methylation of compound 7.
- Compound 7 (424 mg; 2.08 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 3 was dissolved in 30 mL of acetone, and calcium carbonate (650 mg; 4.70 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.260 mL; 4.18 mmol) were added, followed by heating under reflux for 1 hour. .
- the reaction solution was allowed to cool at room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), and extracted with lmol / L aqueous acid solution.
- the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated.
- Compound 12 can be obtained according to the method described in JP-A-10-114776.
- Compound 26 (Aspochalasin C), Compound 27 (Aspochalasin D) and Compound 28 (Aspochalasin E) should be cultured and isolated and purified from MPC1009 filamentous fungi by the method described in Example 13. Was obtained. Also, Helvetica Chim. Acta, Vol. 62, p. 1501 (1979), Journal of Antibiotics (J. Antibiot.), Vol. 46, p. 679 ( 1993), and the like, by culturing a filamentous fungus capable of producing the compound and isolating and purifying the same from a culture solution.
- the compound 2 5 (Aspochalasin B) is Herube Chika-Himika ' ⁇ click evening (Helv. Chim. Acta), 6 2 Certificates, according to the method described in 1501 pages (197, 1997), the production of the compound It can also be obtained by culturing a functional filamentous fungus and isolating and purifying it from a culture solution. .
- compound 24 is a filamentous fungus capable of producing the compound according to the method described in Helvetica Chimica Acta, Vol. 62, p. 1501 (1979). It can also be obtained by culturing and isolating and purifying from a culture solution.
- the present invention provides an SH3 domain binding inhibitor comprising a non-peptidic compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- the present invention also provides a compound useful as an SH3 domain binding inhibitor or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
Description
明 細 書 Specification
SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤 SH3 domain binding inhibitor
S H 3 ドメイン結合阻害剤 SH3 domain binding inhibitor
本発明は、 非べプチド性化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分 として含有する SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤に関する。また本発明は、 SH3ドメイン結 合阻害剤として有用な化合物に関する。 細胞膜上には様々な受容体が存在し、 細胞外刺激に応じて活性化されて細胞内 にそのシグナルを伝達する。受容体の細胞質側には各種のシグナル分子が集まり、 複合体を形成する。 刺激の種類により、 各シグナル分子は異なった生理作用を誘 発する。 シグナル分子の複合体の形成には、 ドメイン構造が重要な役割を果たし ている。 その中でも、 Srcホモロジ一ドメイン 3 (SH3ドメイン) は、 Srcファミリ —間の相同性の高い領域として発見され、 およそ 60アミノ酸から成るドメインで 様々な蛋白質中に位置し、 プロリンを含む配列 (プロリンリッチ配列) を認識し て結合することが知られている [サイエンス(Science)、 252卷、 668頁(1991年)、 同 257巻、 803頁(1992年)、 ファセブ'ジャーナル(FASEB J.)、 14卷、 231頁(2000 年) ]。これらプロリンリツチ配列を有する蛋白質としては HIV-lNef、 p22-phox、 p47-phox、 Sam68、 Sosl、 Zol、 Dynamic c-Cbl等が知られている [例えばェムボ . ジャーナル(EMBO J.) 、 14卷、 484頁(1995年)、 プロシ一ディング ·ォブ ·ザ · ナショナル 'アカデミー'ォブ'サイエンス 'ォブ 'ザ 'ュ一 'エス 'エー(proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA) 、 91卷、 10650頁 (1994年) 、 ジャーナル ·ォブ 'ィムノロ ジ一 (J. Immunol.) 、 157卷、 1226頁 (1996年) 、 ジャーナル 'ォブ 'バイオロジ カル ·ケミス卜リ一 (J. Biol. Chem.) 、 270卷、 9115頁 (1995年) 等] 。 SH3ドメ インを有する蛋白質は、 例えばすベての真核生物、 HIV等のウィルス等において 見い出されており、 普遍的な機能が考えられている。例えば、 Srcフアミリーキナ —ゼである Fynを始めとして、 Ras-GAP、 PLCァ、 PI3K、 Abl、 Btk、 Lyn、 Hck、 Fgr、 Yes等酵素活性をもつものや、 酵素活性をもたないアダプター蛋白質である Grb2、 Neks Vav等、 NADPHォキシダーゼ複合体の構成蛋白質である p40-phox、 p47-phox、 p67-phox等 [プロシ一ディング ·ォプ ·ザ ·ナショナル ·アカデミー ·ォブ ·サ ィエンス 'ォブ'ザ'ュ一 ·エス ·ェ一(Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA)、 91卷、 10650 頁 (1994年) ]、 その他 Txk、 Tec、 Tsk、 Crk、 Cortactin等が SH3ドメインを有する ことが知られている。 SH3ドメインを介した蛋白質一蛋白質結合は、 適度の親和 性による相互作用を通して、 蛋白質複合体を形成する役割を果たしていると考え られている。 The present invention relates to an SH3 domain binding inhibitor containing a non-peptide compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. The present invention also relates to compounds useful as SH3 domain binding inhibitors. Various receptors exist on the cell membrane and are activated in response to extracellular stimuli to transmit their signals into cells. Various signal molecules gather on the cytoplasmic side of the receptor to form a complex. Depending on the type of stimulus, each signal molecule elicits a different physiological effect. The domain structure plays an important role in the formation of signal molecule complexes. Among them, the Src homology domain 3 (SH3 domain) was discovered as a region of high homology between the Src family — a domain consisting of approximately 60 amino acids, located in various proteins, and containing a proline-containing sequence (proline-rich). (Science, 252, 668 (1991), 257, 803 (1992), Faseb's Journal (FASEB J.), Vol. 14, p. 231 (2000)]. Known proteins having a proline-rich sequence include HIV-1Nef, p22-phox, p47-phox, Sam68, Sosl, Zol, Dynamic c-Cbl and the like [for example, EMBO J., 14 vol. , 484 (1995), Proceding of the National 'Academy' of Science ',' Ob 'The' U ',' S 'A ( proc . Natl. Acad. Sci. USA), Vol. 91, p. 10650 (1994), J. Immunol. (J. Immunol.), Vol. 157, p. 1226 (1996), J. Immunol. (J. Immunol.), J. Immunol. Biol. Chem.), 270, 9115 (1995), etc.]. Proteins having an SH3 domain have been found in, for example, all eukaryotes, viruses such as HIV, and the like, and are considered to have universal functions. For example, Frc, which is a Src family kinase, Ras-GAP, PLC, PI3K, Abl, Btk, Lyn, Hck, Fgr, Proteins with enzyme activity such as Yes, adapter proteins without enzyme activity such as Grb2, Neks Vav, etc., p40-phox, p47-phox, p67-phox, etc. which are components of the NADPH oxidase complex [Proceding Prop. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 91, p. 10650 (1994) It is known that Txk, Tec, Tsk, Crk, Cortactin and the like have an SH3 domain. It is thought that protein-protein binding via the SH3 domain plays a role in forming a protein complex through an interaction with an appropriate affinity.
SH3ドメインを介した蛋白質—蛋白質結合は、例えば癌や AIDS (acquired immune deficiency syndrome) 、 アレルギー等様々な疾患において原因と考えられるシグナ ル分子間に存在する [バイオポリマ一 (Biopoly.) 、 43卷、 383頁 (1997年) ] 。 このことから、 SH3ドメインを介した蛋白質一蛋白質結合を阻害する(SH3ドメイ ン結合阻害活性) SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤は、 これら疾患の治療薬として有効と 考えられ、 生体内における発癌等 SH3ドメイン結合の関与する疾患原因蛋白質の 調節を含む多くの用途に利用され得る。 Protein-protein binding via the SH3 domain exists between signal molecules that are thought to be a cause in various diseases such as cancer, AIDS (acquired immune deficiency syndrome), allergy, etc. [Biopolymer. 383 pages (1997)]. This suggests that SH3 domain binding inhibitors that inhibit protein-protein binding via the SH3 domain (SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity) are considered to be effective as therapeutic agents for these diseases, such as in vivo carcinogenesis. It can be used for many applications including the regulation of disease-causing proteins that involve E. coli.
ぺプチドでは、 SH3ドメイン結合配列に変異を加えたもの [セル(Cell)、 76卷、 933頁 (1994年)、 ケミカル 'バイオロジー (Chem. Biol.)、 7卷、 R3-R8頁 (2000 年) ] や、 コンビナトリアル ·ファージライブラリ一から Src、 PI3Kヽ Abl等様々 な SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質の SH3ドメインに結合するぺプチドをスクリー二 ングする方法 (W095/24419、 特表 2000-506522号) や、 c-Crkの SH3ドメインに特 異的に結合するペプチド (WO96/21011)が報告されている。ペプチドに修飾を施 したべプチド性化合物では、 SH3ドメイン結合を阻害するスピロラク夕ム化合物 (WO98/54208)や、 プロリン骨格を有するアミノ酸配列をその構造に含む合成ぺ プチドが固定化されている偏りのあるコンビナトリアル ·ライブラリーより単離 されたもの [ジャーナル'ォプ 'ァメリカン ·ケミカル 'ソサエティ (J. Am. Chem. Soc. ) 、 118巻、 287頁 (1996年) ] がある。 これらに記載の化合物のうち最小の 化合物は、 分子量 790であるが、 値は 220 /mol/Lと、 その SH3ドメインに対する 結合力は弱かった [ジャーナル 'ォプ 'アメリカン 'ケミカル'ソサエティ (J. Am. Chem. Soc.) 、 118卷、 287頁 (1996年) ] 。 In the peptide, the mutation in the SH3 domain binding sequence [Cell, Vol. 76, p. 933 (1994), Chemical 'Biology (Chem. Biol.), Vol. 7, R3-R8 (2000 And screening of peptides that bind to the SH3 domain of various SH3 domain proteins such as Src and PI3K ヽ Abl from combinatorial phage libraries (W095 / 24419, JP 2000-506522) Also, a peptide (WO96 / 21011) that specifically binds to the SH3 domain of c-Crk has been reported. Among peptide-modified peptide compounds, spirolactam compounds that inhibit SH3 domain binding (WO98 / 54208), and biases in which synthetic peptides containing an amino acid sequence having a proline skeleton in their structures are immobilized. [Journal of Op. American Chemical 'Society (J. Am. Chem. Soc.), Vol. 118, p. 287 (1996)]. The smallest of these compounds has a molecular weight of 790, but has a value of 220 / mol / L, The cohesive strength was weak [Journal 'Op' American 'Chemical' Society (J. Am. Chem. Soc.), Vol. 118, p. 287 (1996)].
これまで報告のあった SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤は、分子量 750以上のプロリンを 始めとする疎水性アミノ酸を基本とするぺプチドまたはぺプチド性の化合物であ つた。 ペプチドまたはペプチド性の化合物は、 例えば、 一般的に血中安定性が低 い、経口吸収性が悪い、分子量が大きいために細胞内への取り込みが容易でない、 構造が複雑なために製造が容易でなくコストがかかる等、 SH3ドメイン結合が関 与する疾患の治療薬として用いるには、 困難な点を多く含んでいた。 The SH3 domain binding inhibitors reported so far have been peptides or peptide compounds based on hydrophobic amino acids such as proline with a molecular weight of 750 or more. Peptides or peptidic compounds, for example, generally have poor blood stability, poor oral absorption, high molecular weight and are not easily incorporated into cells, and are easy to manufacture due to their complex structure However, it is costly, and it has many difficulties to use it as a therapeutic agent for diseases associated with SH3 domain binding.
UCS15A (Luminacin C2/SP4228A) は、 ザ ·ジャーナル ·ォブ ·アンチバイオテ イツクス (The Journal of Antibiotics) 、 53卷、 579頁 (2000年) 、 特閧昭 58-116686 号、 同昭 63-22583号、 同昭 61-293920号、 同昭 62-294619号、 同昭 63-48213号、 同平 8-268888号に、 骨吸収抑制作用、 殺菌作用、 免疫抑制作用、 抗白癬菌作用、 抗腫 瘍活性を有する化合物として記載されている。 UCS15A (Luminacin C2 / SP4228A) is published in The Journal of Antibiotics, 53, 579 (2000), No. 58-116686, and No. 63-22583. No. 61-293920, No. 62-294619, No. 63-48213, No. 8-268888, Bone resorption inhibitory action, bactericidal action, immunosuppressive action, anti-trichophyton action, anti-tumor It is described as an active compound.
また、 サイトカラシン類 [サイ トカラシン (cytochalasin) 、 口セリカラシン (Rosellichalasiii) 、 エポキシサイトカラシン (epoxycytochalasii^ 、 力エトグロボ シン (chaetoglobosin)、ぺノカフンン (penochalasin)、ァスホ力フシノ aspochalasin) 等]には、例えば血管新生阻害作用( WO98/41205)等の生物活性が知られている。 Cytochalasins (cytochalasin), oral sericaracin (Rosellichalasiii), epoxy cytochalasin (epoxycytochalasii ^, force etoglobosin, chanoglobosin, penochalasin, and blood vessels such as aspochalasin) Biological activities such as an inhibitory effect on renewal (WO98 / 41205) are known.
昍の ϋ示 昍 Indication
本発明の目的は、 非ぺプチド性化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有 効成分として含有する SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤を提供することにある。 また、 本 発明のもう 1つの目的は、 SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤として有用な化合物またはそ の薬理学的に許容される塩を提供することにある。 An object of the present invention is to provide an SH3 domain binding inhibitor containing a non-peptide compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. Another object of the present invention is to provide a compound useful as an SH3 domain binding inhibitor or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
本発明は、 以下の [1] 〜 [51] に関する。 The present invention relates to the following [1] to [ 51 ].
[1] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する非べプチド性化合物またはその薬理学 的に許容される塩を有効成分として含有する SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 [1] An SH3 domain binding inhibitor comprising, as an active ingredient, a non-peptide compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[2]非ぺプチド性化合物が、 分子量 750未満の低分子化合物である上記 [1]記 載の SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 [3] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する非ペプチド性化合物が、 一般式 (I) [2] The SH3 domain binding inhibitor according to the above [1], wherein the non-peptide compound is a low-molecular compound having a molecular weight of less than 750. [3] The non-peptidic compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity is represented by the general formula (I)
(式中、 、 R3\ R3bおよび R4は、 同一または異なって、 水素原子、 ヒドロキシ、 カルボキシ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級ァ ルコキシまたは置換もしくは非置換の低級アル力ノィルォキシを表すか、 または R3aと R3bが一緒になつて酸素原子を表し、 R23および R2bは、 同一または異なって、 水素原子、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルまたは置換もしくは非置換の低級 アルケニルを表し、 R5aおよび は、同一または異なって、水素原子、ヒドロキシ、 カルボキシ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級ァ ルコキシ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケニル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級ァ ルカノィルォキシ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケノィルォキシまたは置換も しくは非置換の低級アル力ノィルァミノカルボニルォキシを表すか、 または R5aと が一緒になつて酸素原子を表し、 Xは酸素原子または— CH2—を表す)で表され る化合物である上記 [1] または [2]記載の SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 (Wherein ,, R 3 \ R 3b and R 4 are the same or different, and each represents a hydrogen atom, hydroxy, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy. R 3a and R 3b together represent an oxygen atom; R 23 and R 2b are the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted R 5a and R 5a and are the same or different and are independently a hydrogen atom, hydroxy, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl, substituted or Unsubstituted lower alkanoyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyloxy or substituted Or an unsubstituted lower arylaminocarbonylcarbonyl, or R 5a is taken together to represent an oxygen atom, and X represents an oxygen atom or —CH 2 —. A certain SH3 domain binding inhibitor according to the above [1] or [ 2 ].
[4] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する非ペプチド性化合物が、 一般式 (II) [4] The non-peptidic compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity is represented by the general formula (II):
(Π) (Π)
(式中、 R6は水素原子、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルまたは置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルケニルを表し、 R7および R9は、同一または異なって、水素原子、 ホルミル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アル カノィルまたは置換もしくは非置換のァラルキルを表し、 、 および R11は、 同 一または異なって、 水素原子、 ハロゲン、 ヒド Dキシ、 カルボキシ、 置換もしく は非置換の低級アルキル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシ、 置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルカノィル、 ホルミル、 シァノ、 ニトロ、 ァミノ、 モノもしくは ジ低級アルキルァミノ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アル力ノィルァミノまたは置 換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシカルボニルを表す) で表される化合物である 上記 [1] または [2] 記載の SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 (In the formula, R 6 represents a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl, and R 7 and R 9 are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, formyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower Al Kanoiru or substituted or unsubstituted Ararukiru, and R 11 are the same One or different, a hydrogen atom, a halogen, a hydroxy Doxy, a carboxy, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, formyl, cyano, nitro, amino, mono- or di-lower Arukiruamino, a compound represented by the representative) a substituted or unsubstituted lower aralkyl force Noiruamino or substitution or unsubstituted lower alkoxycarbonyl [1] or [2] SH 3 domain binding inhibition described Agent.
[5] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する非ペプチド性化合物が、 サイトカラシ ン類である上記 [1] または [2] 記載の SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 [5] The SH3 domain binding inhibitor according to the above [1] or [2], wherein the non-peptidic compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity is a cytochalasin.
[6] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する非ペプチド性化合物が、 一般式 (Ilia) [6] A non-peptidic compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity is represented by the general formula (Ilia)
(Ilia) (Ilia)
(式中、 R12aは置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のァリ一 ルまたは置換もしくは非置換のへテロアリールを表し、 Q1は単結合または酸素原 子を表し、 =は単結合または二重結合を表し、 Q2と隣接する炭素原子の間の二 が二重結合を表すとき二 Q2—は = C(CH3)—を表し、 Q2と隣接する炭素原子の間の 二が単結合を表すとき— Q2—は— C(OH)(CH3)—を表す)で表される化合物である 上記 [1] または [2]記載の SIBドメイン結合阻害剤。 (Wherein, R 12a represents a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, Q 1 represents a single bond or an oxygen atom, and = represents a single bond. Represents a bond or a double bond, and when Q between Q 2 and an adjacent carbon atom represents a double bond, Q 2 — represents = C (CH 3 ) —, between Q 2 and an adjacent carbon atom. Wherein Q 2 represents —C (OH) (CH 3 ) — when the two represent a single bond. The SIB domain binding inhibitor according to the above [1] or [2].
[7] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する非ペプチド性化合物が、 一般式 (Illb) [7] The non-peptidic compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity is represented by the general formula (Illb)
(Illb) [式中、 R12bは前記 R12aと同義であり、 Q3および Q5は、 同一または異なって、 単結 合または酸素原子を表し、二は単結合または二重結合を表し、二 Q4二は = C(CH3) 一、 一 C(=CH2)—、 一 CH(CH3)—または一 C(CH3)=を表し、 R12cおよび R12hは、 同 一または異なって、 水素原子またはヒドロキシを表し、 R12dおよび R12ま、 同一ま たは異なって、水素原子またはメチルを表し、 R12¾よび R12gはホルミルを表すか、 または R12fと R12gが一緒になつて、 ---- CR12hR12gと一 CHR12eR12fの部分が、 ™CR12h- C(OH)(CH3) - C(= O) - CHR12e-または二 CR12h— A— B— CHR12e— (式中、 Aおよび Bは、 同一または異なって、 —CH(OH)―、 一 CH2—または— C( = 0)—を表 す) を表す] で表される化合物である上記 [1] または [2]記載の SHBドメイン 結合阻害剤。 (Illb) [Wherein, R 12b has the same meaning as R 12a , Q 3 and Q 5 are the same or different and represent a single bond or an oxygen atom, 2 represents a single bond or a double bond, and 2 Q 4 Two represents = C (CH 3 ), one C (= CH 2 ) —, one CH (CH 3 ) — or one C (CH 3 ) =, and R 12c and R 12h are the same or different, Represents a hydrogen atom or hydroxy; R 12d and R 12 are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom or methyl; R 12 and R 12g represent formyl; or R 12f and R 12g are taken together ---- CR 12h R 12g and one CHR 12e R 12f are ™ CR 12h -C (OH) (CH 3 )-C (= O)-CHR 12e -or two CR 12h — A— B — CHR 12e — (where A and B are the same or different and represent —CH (OH) —, one CH 2 — or —C (= 0) —). A certain SHB domain binding inhibitor according to the above [1] or [2].
[8] Xが酸素原子であり、 、 R R4および 1 ¾が水素原子であり、 R1および R3bが同一または異なって、 ヒドロキシ、 カルボキシ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級 アルコキシまたは置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィルォキシであり、 R2bが置 換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルであり、 R5aが一般式 (IV) [8] X is an oxygen atom ,, RR 4 and 1 水 素 are hydrogen atoms, R 1 and R 3b are the same or different, and are hydroxy, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy or substituted or unsubstituted A lower alkanoyloxy, R 2b is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, and R 5a is a group represented by the general formula (IV)
[式中、 R5ま置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルを表し、 R5dおよび R5ま、 同一ま たは異なって、 水素原子、 ヒドロキシまたは置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキ シを表すか、 または R5dと R5eが一緒になつて酸素原子を表し、 R5¾3よび R は、 水 素原子、 ホルミル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルまたは置換もしくは非置 換の低級アルカノィルを表し、 R¾はホルミル、 — CH=NQ (式中、 Qは置換もし くは非置換の低級アルコキシ、 置換もしくは非置換のァリールォキシ、 置換もし くは非置換のァラルキルォキシ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルァミノ、 置 換もしくは非置換のァリ一ルァミノまたは置換もしくは非置換のァリ一ルスルホ ニルァミノを表す) 、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルまたは置換もしくは非 置換の低級アル力ノィルを表し、 および R5jは、同一または異なつて、水素原子、 ヒドロキシまたは置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシを表すか、 または R5iと が一緒になつて酸素原子を表す]である上記 [3]記載の SIBドメイン結合阻害剤。 [Wherein R 5 represents substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, R 5d and R 5 are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxy or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, or R 5 5d and R 5e represents together a connexion oxygen atom, R 5 ¾3 preliminary R represents water atom, formyl, a lower Arukanoiru lower alkyl or substituted or non-replacement of the substituted or unsubstituted, R ¾ formyl , — CH = NQ (wherein Q is substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylamino, substituted or unsubstituted Arylamino or substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfo Represents nilamino), substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, and R 5j is the same or different and represents a hydrogen atom, hydroxy or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy. Or [5] and R 5i together represent an oxygen atom].
[9] 一般式 (Va) [9] General formula (Va)
(Va) (Va)
(式中、 は単結合または二重結合を表し、 R12a、 Q1および Q2は、 それぞれ前記 と同義である) で表される化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 (Wherein represents a single bond or a double bond, and R 12a , Q 1 and Q 2 each have the same meaning as described above) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[10] 一般式 (Vb) [10] General formula (Vb)
(Vb) (Vb)
[式中、 ニニは単結合または二重結合を表し、 R12b、 Ri2\ R12d、 R12 R12hヽ Q5 および—— 0 -は、 それそれ前記と同義であり、 ニニ CR12h— D— CHR12e—は 二 CR12h— C(OH)(CH3)_C(=0)— CHR12e—または CR12h—A— B— CHR12e—(式中、 Aおよび Bは、 それそれ前記と同義である) を表す]で表される化合物またはその 薬理学的に許容される塩。 [Wherein, Nini represents a single bond or a double bond, and R 12b , R i2 \ R 12d , R 12 R 12hヽ Q 5 and —— 0-are each as defined above, and Nini CR 12h — D— CHR 12e — is two CR 12h — C (OH) (CH 3 ) _C (= 0) — CHR 12e — or CR 12h —A— B— CHR 12e — (where A and B are And a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[11] 一般式 (V I ) [11] General formula (VI)
[式中、 R3Aおよび R3Bは、 同一または異なって、 水素原子、 ヒドロキシ、 力 ルポキシ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシまたは置換もしくは非置換の低 級アルカノィルォキシを表すか、 または R3Aと R3Bが一緒になつて酸素原子を表し、 は置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルを表し、 R5e、 R5d、 R5e、 R5f、 R R5iおよ び R5jは、 それそれ前記と同義であり、 R5Gはホルミル、 ヒドロキシメチル、 置換も しくは非置換の低級アルコキシメチル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アル力ノィル ォキシメチル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アル力ノィルメチルまたは— CH = NQA [Wherein, R 3A and R 3B are the same or different and each represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxy, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyloxy, or R 3A And R 3B together represent an oxygen atom, represents a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, and R 5e , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , RR 5i and R 5j are as defined above. And R 5G is formyl, hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl methoxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl methoxymethyl, or —CH = NQ A
(式中、 QAは置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシ、 置換もしくは非置換のァリ ールォキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のァラルキルォキシを表す) を表すが、 た だし R5Gがホルミルであり、 R3Aまたは R3Bの一方が水素原子であるとき、 R3Aまたは R3Bの他方はヒドロキシとはならない]で表される化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩。 (Wherein Q A represents substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy or substituted or unsubstituted aralkyloxy), provided that R 5G is formyl and R 3A or R 3A When one of 3B is a hydrogen atom, the other of R 3A or R 3B is not hydroxy] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[12]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 を有効成分として含有する医薬。 [12] A medicament comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[13] 上記 [11] 記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分 として含有する医薬。 [13] A medicament comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[14]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 を有効成分として含有する SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 [14] An SH3 domain binding inhibitor comprising, as an active ingredient, the compound according to the above [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[15] 上記 [11] 記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分 として含有する SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 - [15] An SH3 domain binding inhibitor comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. -
[16] SH3ドメイン結合が、 SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質とプロリンリヅチ配列 を有する蛋白質の結合である上記 [1]〜 [S]、 [14] および [I5] のいずれか に記載の SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 [16] Any of the above-mentioned [1] to [S], [14] and [I 5 ], wherein the SH3 domain binding is a binding between a protein having an SH3 domain and a protein having a proline-rich sequence. 2. The SH3 domain binding inhibitor according to item 1.
[17] SIB .ドメインを有する蛋白質および/またはプロリンリヅチ配列を有す る蛋白質が、 ウィルスに由来する蛋白質である上記 [16] 記載の SH3ドメイン結 合阻害剤。 [17] The SH3 domain binding inhibitor according to the above [16], wherein the protein having a SIB. Domain and / or the protein having a proline-rich sequence is a virus-derived protein.
[18] ウィルスに由来する蛋白質が、 レトロウイルス、 肝炎ウィルスまたはへ ルぺスウィルスに由来する蛋白質である上記 [17] 記載の SH3ドメイン結合阻害 剤。 [18] The SH3 domain binding inhibitor according to the above [17], wherein the virus-derived protein is a protein derived from a retrovirus, a hepatitis virus or a virus.
[19] SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質が、 Src、 Yes、 Fg Hck、 Lckヽ Abl、 Fyn、 Lyn、 Blks Yrk、 Ras-GAP、 PLC 7 s PI3K:、 Tec、 Txk/Rlkヽ Tsk/Emt/Itk、 Btk、 Crk、 Grb2、 Neks Vav、 STAT、 Cortactin、 p40-phox、 p67-phox、 p47-phoxヽ TCRのシグ ナル分子 (TCRsm) または Iレ 2Rの ?鎖もしくはァ鎖である上記 [16]記載の SH3 ドメイン結合阻害剤。 [19] Proteins having an SH3 domain are Src, Yes, Fg Hck, Lck ヽ Abl, Fyn, Lyn, Blks Yrk, Ras-GAP, PLC 7 s PI3K :, Tec, Txk / Rlk ヽ Tsk / Emt / Itk, Btk, Crk, Grb2, Neks Vav, STAT, Cortactin, p40-phox, p67-phox, p47-phox ヽ The TCR signal molecule (TCRsm) or the レ 2R? SH3 domain binding inhibitor.
[20] プロリンリツチ配列を有する蛋白質力5、 HIV-lNef、 p22-phoxN p47-phox、 Sam68、 Sosl、 Dynamin, c-Cblヽ Z01、 pX ORF Iヽ LHDAgヽ NS5Aヽ pORF3、 ICP10、 LMP2A、 Tipまたは Tioである上記 [16] または [19] 記載の $H3ドメイン結合阻 害剤。 [20] protein with a proline-rich sequence 5 , HIV-lNef, p22-phox N p47-phox, Sam68, Sosl, Dynamin, c-Cbl ヽ Z01, pX ORF I ヽ LHDAg ヽ NS5A ヽ pORF3, ICP10, LMP2A, The $ H3 domain binding inhibitor according to the above [16] or [19], which is Tip or Tio.
[21] SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質とプロリンリツチ配列を有する蛋白質の結 合が、 Grb2と Sosl、 Fynと Sam68、 Srcと Sam68、 PLCァと Sam68、 Grb2と Sam68、 Lynと HIV-lNefヽ Hckと HIV-lNefヽ TCRsmと HIV-lNefヽ p47-phoxと p22-phoxヽ 67-phox と p47-phox、 Lynと Dynamii Cortactinと Z01、 Lynと c-Cbl、 IL-2Rの/?鎖もしくはァ 鎖と pX ORF I、 Grb2と NS5Aヽ Srcと pORF3、 Hckと pORF3、 Fynと pORF3、 PI3Kと p〇RF3、 PLCァと pORF3、 Grb2と pORF3、 Grb2と ICP10、 Lynと LMP2Aヽ Lckと Tip、 Lynと Tio、 Hckと Tio、 Lckと Tio、 Srcと Tio、 Fynと Tioまたは Yesと Tioの結合である 上記 [16] 記載の SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤。 [21] The binding of the protein having the SH3 domain to the protein having the proline rich sequence is Grb2 and Sosl, Fyn and Sam68, Src and Sam68, PLC and Sam68, Grb2 and Sam68, Lyn and HIV-lNef ヽ Hck and HIV -lNef ヽ TCRsm and HIV-lNef ヽ p47-phox and p22-phox ヽ 67-phox and p47-phox, Lyn and Dynamii Cortactin and Z01, Lyn and c-Cbl, IL-2R /? or a-2 and pX ORF I, Grb2 and NS5A ヽ Src and pORF3, Hck and pORF3, Fyn and pORF3, PI3K and p〇RF3, PLC and pORF3, Grb2 and pORF3, Grb2 and ICP10, Lyn and LMP2A ヽ Lck and Tip, Lyn and Tio, The SH3 domain binding inhibitor according to the above [16], which is a bond between Hck and Tio, Lck and Tio, Src and Tio, Fyn and Tio, or Yes and Tio.
[22] SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質とプロリンリヅチ配列を有する蛋白質の結 合が、 Grb2と Sosl、 Fynと Sam68、 Srcと Sam68、 PLCァと Sam68、 Grb2と Sam68、 Lynと HIV-lNefまたは Cortactinと ZOlの結合である上記 [16] 記載の SH3ドメイン 結合阻害剤。 [22] The binding between the protein having the SH3 domain and the protein having the proline-rich sequence is Grb2 and Sosl, Fyn and Sam68, Src and Sam68, PLC and Sam68, Grb2 and Sam68, Lyn and HIV-lNef or Cortactin and ZOl. SH3 domain according to the above [16], which is binding Binding inhibitors.
[23]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物の製造に使用される^ dUZd^ ケ曰糸状菌類 (jylariaks filamentous fungus) MPC1005 (受託番号: FERM BP-7980)、 ァスペルギルス スぺシ一ズ(_A¾?e tos sp. ) MPC1006 (受託番号: FERM BP-7899) およびァスペルギルス スぺシ一ズ (Α " s sp. ) MPC1009 (受託番号: FERM BP-7900) からなる群から選ばれる微生物。 [23] ^ dUZd ^ used in the production of the compound according to [9] or [10] above, is a filamentous fungus (jylariaks filamentous fungus) MPC1005 (Accession number: FERM BP-7980), Aspergillus species ( A microorganism selected from the group consisting of MPC1006 (Accession number: FERM BP-7899) and Aspergillus sp. (Α "s sp.) MPC1009 (Accession number: FERM BP-7900).
[24]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 を有効成分として含有する抗腫瘍剤。 [24] An antitumor agent comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[25] 上記 [11]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分 として含有する抗腫瘍剤。 [25] An antitumor agent comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[26]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 を有効成分として含有するアレルギー性疾患治療剤。 [26] A therapeutic agent for allergic diseases, comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to the above [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[27] 上記 [11]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分 として含有するアレルギ一性疾患治療剤。 [27] A therapeutic agent for allergic diseases comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[28]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 を有効成分として含有するウィルス性疾患治療剤。 [28] A therapeutic agent for a viral disease, comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to [ 9 ] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[29] 上記 [11]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分 として含有するウィルス性疾患治療剤。 [29] A therapeutic agent for a viral disease, comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[30]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 を有効成分として含有する AIDS治療剤。 [30] An AIDS therapeutic agent comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[31] 上記 [11]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分 として含有する AIDS治療剤。 [31] An AIDS therapeutic agent comprising the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[32] SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤の製造のための上記 [9] または [10]記載の化 合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [32] Use of the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the production of an SH3 domain binding inhibitor.
[33] SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤の製造のための上記 [11]記載の化合物または その薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [33] Use of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for the production of an SH3 domain binding inhibitor.
[34]抗腫瘍剤の製造のための上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またほその 薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [34] The compound according to the above [9] or [10] or a compound thereof for the production of an antitumor agent Use of pharmacologically acceptable salts.
[35] 抗腫瘍剤の製造のための上記 [11] 記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩の使用。 [35] Use of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of an antitumor agent.
[36] アレルギー性疾患治療剤の製造のための上記 [9] または [10]記載の化 合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [36] Use of the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for an allergic disease.
[37] アレルギー性疾患治療剤の製造のための上記 [11] 記載の化合物または その薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [37] Use of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for an allergic disease.
[38] ウィルス性疾患治療剤の製造のための上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合 物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [38] Use of the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for a viral disease.
[39] ウィルス性疾患治療剤の製造のための上記 [11]記載の化合物またはそ の薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [39] Use of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for a viral disease.
[40] AIDS治療剤の製造のための上記 [9] または [10] 記載の化合物または その薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [40] Use of the compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to the above [9] or [10] for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for AIDS.
[41] AIDS治療剤の製造のための上記 [11]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩の使用。 [41] Use of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for AIDS.
[42]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 の有効量を投与することを特徴とする SH3ドメイン結合が関与する各種疾患の治 療ぉよび Zまたは予防方法。 [42] treatment of various diseases involving SH3 domain binding, characterized by administering an effective amount of the compound according to [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, or Z or Prevention methods.
[43] 上記 [11] 記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の有効量を 投与することを特徴とする SH3ドメイン結合が関与する各種疾患の治療および Z または予防方法。 [43] A method for treating and / or preventing or treating various diseases involving SH3 domain binding, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound according to the above [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[44]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 の有効量を投与することを特徴とする悪性腫瘍の治療方法。 [44] A method for treating a malignant tumor, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[45] 上記 [11] 記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の有効量を 投与することを特徴とする悪性腫瘍の治療方法。 [45] A method for treating a malignant tumor, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[46]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 の有効量を投与することを特徴とするアレルギー性疾患の治療および/または予 防方法。 [46] Treatment and / or prophylaxis of an allergic disease characterized by administering an effective amount of the compound according to [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Prevention method.
[47] 上記 [11]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の有効量を 投与することを特徴とするァレルギ一性疾患の治療および Zまたは予防方法。 [47] A method for treating and preventing or preventing allergic diseases, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound according to [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[48]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその桀理学的に許容される塩 の有効量を投与することを特徴とするウィルス性疾患の治療方法。 [48] A method for treating a viral disease, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound according to the above [9] or [10] or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof.
[49]上記 [11] 記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の有効量を 投与することを特徴とするウィルス性疾患の治療方法。 [49] A method for treating a viral disease, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[50]上記 [9] または [10]記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 の有効量を投与することを特徴とする AIDSの治療方法。 [50] A method for treating AIDS, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [9] or [10] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[51] 上記 [11] 記載の化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の有効量を 投与することを特徴とする AIDSの治療方法。 [51] A method for treating AIDS, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of the above-mentioned [11] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[52] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する化合物またはその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩の有効量を投与することを特徴とする AIDSの治療方法。 [52] A method for treating AIDS, which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[53] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する化合物またはその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩の有効量を投与することを特徴とするウィルス性疾患の治療方法。 [53] A method for treating a viral disease, which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[54] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する化合物またはその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩を有効成分として含有する AIDS治療剤。 [54] An AIDS therapeutic agent comprising a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
[55] SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する化合物またはその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩を有効成分として含有するウィルス性疾患治療剤。 [55] A therapeutic agent for a viral disease, comprising as an active ingredient a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[56] AIDS治療剤の製造のための SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有する化合物ま たはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [56] Use of a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for AIDS.
[57] ウィルス性疾患治療剤の製造のための SH3ドメイン結合阻害活性を有す る化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [57] Use of a compound having SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for a viral disease.
以下、 一般式 (I)、 (Π)、 (Ilia)、 (lift)、 (Va)、 (Vb) および (VI) で表される化合物を、 それそれ化合物 (I)、 (II)、 (Ilia)、 (lift)、 (Va)、 (Vb) および (VI) という。 Hereinafter, the compounds represented by the general formulas (I), (Π), (Ilia), (lift), (Va), (Vb) and (VI) will be referred to as compounds (I), (II), (II) Ilia), (lift), (Va), (Vb) and (VI).
一般式(I)、 (Π)、 (Ilia)、 (Illb)、 (IV)、 (Va)、 (Vb)および(VI) の各基の定義において、 General formulas (I), (Π), (Ilia), (Illb), (IV), (Va), (Vb) and (VI) In the definition of each group of
( 1 ) 低級アルキル、 ならびに低級アルコキシ、 低級アルコキシカルボニル、 低級アルコキシメチル、 低級アルキルァミノおよびモノもしくはジ低級アルキル ァミノの低級アルキル部分としては、 例えば直鎖もしくは分枝状の炭素数 1〜 8 のアルキル、 具体的にはメチル、.ェチル、 プロピル、 イソプロピル、 プチル、 sec —プチル、 tert—プチル、 ペンチル、 イソペンチル、 ネオペンチル、 へキシル、 へ プチル、 ォクチル等、 または例えば環状の炭素数 3 ~ 8のアルキル、 具体的には シクロプロピル、 シクロプチル、 シクロペンチル、 シクロへキシル、 シクロヘプ チル、 シクロォクチル等があげられる。 (1) Lower alkyl, and lower alkyl of lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkoxymethyl, lower alkylamino and mono- or di-lower alkylamino include, for example, straight-chain or branched alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, Specifically, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl and the like, or a cyclic alkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, Specific examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like.
( 2 ) 低級アルケニルとしては、 例えば直鎖または分枝状の炭素数 2〜 8のァ ルケニル、具体的にはビニル、 ァリル、 1—プロぺニル、 メ夕クリル、 クロチル、 (2) The lower alkenyl includes, for example, a straight-chain or branched alkenyl having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, vinyl, aryl, 1-propenyl, methacrylyl, crotyl,
1ーブテニル、 3—プテニル、 2—ペンテニル、 4—ペンテニル、 2—へキセニ ル、 5一へキセニル、 1, 5—ジメチルー 4一へキセニル等、 または二重結合を 2 〜 4個有するアルケニル、具体的には 1,3—プ夕ジェニル、 1, 3—ペン夕ジェニ ル、 2 , 4—ペン夕ジェニル、 1 , 5 —ジメチルー 1, 4—へキサジェニル、 1,3, 5—へキサトリエニル等があげられる。 1-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 1,5-dimethyl-41-hexenyl, etc., or alkenyl having 2 to 4 double bonds, specifically Typically, 1,3-butene genil, 1,3-pentene genil, 2,4-pentene genil, 1,5-dimethyl-1,4-hexagenyl, 1,3,5-hexatrienyl, etc. can give.
( 3 ) 低級アルカノィル、 ならびに低級アルカノィルォキシ、 低級アルカノィ ルォキシメチル、 低級アルカノィルメチル、 低級アル力ノィルァミノおよび低級 アルカノィルァミノカルボニルォキシの低級アル力ノィル部分としては、 例えば 直鎖または分枝状の炭素数 2〜 8のアルカノィル、 具体的にはァセチル、 プロピ ォニル、 プチリル、 ィソプチリル、 バレリル、 イソパレリル、 ピパロィル、 へキ サノィル、 ヘプタノィル、 ォク夕ノィル等があげられる。 (3) The lower alkanoyl, and the lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyloxymethyl, lower alkanoylmethyl, lower alkanoylamino and lower alkanoylaminocarbonyl portions of the lower alkanoyl moiety include, for example, linear or branched Examples include branched alkanols having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isoptyryl, valeryl, isoparryl, piperoyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, and oxylnoyl.
(.4 ) ァリール、 ならびにァリールァミノ、 ァリールスルホニルァミノおよび ァリールォキシのァリ一ル部分としては、 例えば炭素数 6〜 1 4のァリール、 具 体的にはフヱニル、 ナフチル、 アントリル等があげられる。 (.4) Examples of aryl, arylaryl, arylsulfonylamino and aryloxy aryl include, for example, aryl having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, specifically, phenyl, naphthyl, anthryl and the like.
( 5 ) ァラルキル、 およびァラルキルォキシのァラルキル部分としては、 例え ば炭素数 7〜 1 5のァラルキル、 具体的にはベンジル、 フエネチル、 ベンズヒド リル、 ナフチルメチル等があげられる。 (5) The aralkyl and the aralkyl moiety of the aralkyloxy include, for example, aralkyl having 7 to 15 carbon atoms, specifically, benzyl, phenethyl, and benzhydr. Lil, naphthylmethyl and the like.
( 6 ) ヘテロァリールとしては、 例えば窒素原子、 酸素原子および硫黄原子か らなる群から選ばれるヘテロ原子を少なくとも 1個以上含む、 5員または 6員の 単環性芳香族複素環基、 または窒素原子、 酸素原子および硫黄原子からなる群か ら選ばれるヘテロ原子を少なくとも 1個以上含む、 3〜8員の環が縮合した二環 もしくは三環性の縮環性芳香族複素璟基等があげられ、 より具体的には、 例えば ピリジル、 ピラジニル、 ピリミジニル、 ピリダジニル、 キノリニル、 イソキノリ ニル、 フタラジニル、 キナゾリニル、 キノキサリニル、 ナフチリジニル、 シンノ リニル、 ピ口リル、 ピラゾリル、 ィミダゾリル、 トリアゾリル、 テトラゾリル、 チェニル、 フリル、 チアゾリル、 ォキサゾリル、 インドリル、 ィンダゾリル、 ベ ンゾィミダゾリル、 ベンゾトリァゾリル、 ベンゾチアゾリル、 ベンゾォキサゾリ ル、 プリニル等があげられる。 (6) The heteroaryl includes, for example, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom A bicyclic or tricyclic condensed aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom and having a fused 3- to 8-membered ring. More specifically, for example, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, pivalyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolyl, tetrazolyl Oxazolyl, Indolyl, Indazolyl, Ben Imidazoriru, benzotriazoles § benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, Benzookisazori, purinyl and the like.
( 7 ) ハロゲンは、 フッ素、 塩素、 臭素、 ヨウ素の各原子を表す。 (7) Halogen represents each atom of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
( 8 ) 低級アルケノィルォキシの低級アルケニル部分は、 前記低級アルケニル ( 2 ) と同義である。 (8) The lower alkenyl part of the lower alkenyloxy has the same meaning as the lower alkenyl (2).
( 9 ) 置換ァリール、 置換ァリールォキシ、 置換ァリ一ルァミノ、 置換ァリ一 ルスルホニルァミノ、 置換ァラルキルおよび置換ァラルキルォキシにおける置換 基としては、同一または異なって例えば置換数:!〜 5の、ヒドロキシ、ハロゲン、 ホルミル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アル コキシ、 低級アルカノィル等があげられる。 置換位置は特に限定されない。 ここ で示したハロゲン、 低級アルキルおよび低級アルコキシの低級アルキル部分なら びに低級アルカノィルは、 それそれ前記ハロゲン ( 7 )ヽ 前記低級アルキル ( 1 ) および前記低級アルカノィル (3 ) と同義であり、 置換低級アルキルおよび置換 低級アルコキシの置換基としては、 置換数 1〜3の例えばヒドロキシ、 低級アル コキシ [該低級アルコキシの低級アルキル部分は前記低級アルキル (1 ) と同義 である] 、 ハロゲン [該ハロゲンは前記ハロゲン (7 ) と同義である] 等があげ られる。 ( 1 0 ) 置換低級アルキル、 置換低級アルコキシ、 置換低級アルコキシカルボ ニル、 置換低級アルコキシメチル、 置換低級アルカノィル、 置換低級アルカノィ ルォキシ、 置換低級アルカノィルォキシメチル、 置換低級アルカノィルメチル、 置換低級アルケノィルォキシ、 置換低級アルカノィルァミノ、 置換低級アルカノ ィルァミノカルボニルォキシ、 置換低級アルキルァミノおよび置換低級アルケニ ルにおける置換基としては、 同一または異なって例えば置換数 1〜3の、 ヒドロ キシ、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ、 カルボキシ、 ォキソ、 ァミノ、 エポキシ、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アル力ノィル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アル力ノィ ルォキシ、 置換もしくは非置換のァリール、 置換もしくは非置換のァロイル等が あげられる。 置換位置は、 特に限定されない。 ここで示した低級アルカノィルぉ よび低級アル力ノィルォキシの低級アル力ノィル部分、 低級アルキルおよび低級 アルコキシの低級アルキル部分、 ならびにァリールおよびァ口ィルのァリ一ル部 分は、 それそれ前記低級アル力ノィル ( 3 ) 、 前記低級アルキル ( 1 ) 、 および 前記ァリール( 4 )と同義である。置換ァリ一ルぉよび置換ァ口ィルの置換基は、 前記置換ァリールの置換基 ( 9 ) と同義であり、 置換低級アルカノィルおよび置 換低級アル力ノィルォキシの置換基としては、置換数 1〜 3の例えばヒドロキシ、 低級アルコキシ [該低級アルコキシの低級アルキル部分は前記低級アルキル ( 1 ) と同義である] 、 ハロゲン [該ハロゲンは前記ハロゲン (7 ) と同義である] 等 があげられる。 (9) The substituents in the substituted aryl, the substituted aryloxy, the substituted arylamino, the substituted arylsulfonylamino, the substituted aralkyl and the substituted aralkyloxy are the same or different, for example, the number of substitutions:! To 5, hydroxy, halogen, formyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy, lower alkanol and the like. The substitution position is not particularly limited. The lower alkyl moiety and the lower alkanoyl of the halogen, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy shown herein are respectively the same as the halogen (7) 7the lower alkyl (1) and the lower alkanoyl (3), and are substituted lower alkyl. The substituent of the lower alkoxy includes, for example, hydroxy or lower alkoxy having 1 to 3 substituents [the lower alkyl portion of the lower alkoxy is the same as the lower alkyl (1)], a halogen [the halogen is the halogen It is the same as (7)]. (10) Substituted lower alkyl, substituted lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted lower alkoxymethyl, substituted lower alkanoyl, substituted lower alkanoyloxy, substituted lower alkanoyloxymethyl, substituted lower alkanoylmethyl, substituted lower alk As the substituents in the nonyloxy, the substituted lower alkanoylamino, the substituted lower alkanoylaminocarbonyloxy, the substituted lower alkylamino and the substituted lower alkenyl, the same or different substituents, e.g., 1 to 3 hydroxy, Lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, oxo, amino, epoxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylo, etc. Raise It is. The substitution position is not particularly limited. The lower alkanol portion of the lower alkanol and lower alkenyl group, the lower alkyl portion of the lower alkyl and lower alkoxy group, and the aryl portion of the aryl and alkyl groups described herein are respectively the lower alkyl group. It is synonymous with the power nozzle (3), the lower alkyl (1), and the aryl (4). The substituents on the substituted aryl and the substituted aryl have the same meanings as the substituents on the substituted aryl (9), and the substituents on the substituted lower alkanoyl and the substituted lower alkanol include the number of substituents 1 Examples of the above include hydroxy, lower alkoxy [the lower alkyl part of the lower alkoxy is the same as the lower alkyl (1)], halogen [the halogen is the same as the halogen (7)], and the like.
( 1 1 ) サイ トカラシン類としては、 例えばサイ トカラシン (cytochalasin) 、 口セリカラシン (Rosdlichalasit^、エポキシサイトカラシン (epoxycytochalasin)、 力エトグロボシン (chaetoglobosin) 、 ぺノカラシン (penochalasin) 、 .ァスポカラ シン (aspochalasin) 等があげられる。 (11) As cytochalasins, for example, cytochalasin (cytochalasin), oral serichalasin (Rosdlichalasit ^, epoxycytochalasin), force etoglobosin (chaetoglobosin), penocalasin, and aspochalasin. can give.
( 1 2 ) SH3ドメイン結合阻害とは、 SH3ドメインを介した蛋白質一蛋白質結合 の阻害のことである。 (12) SH3 domain binding inhibition refers to inhibition of protein-protein binding via the SH3 domain.
( 1 3 ) SH3ドメイン結合は、例えば SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質とプロリンリ ツチ配列を有する蛋白質等との結合であればいずれでもよいが、 例えば SH3ドメ ィンを有する蛋白質および/またはプロリンリツチ配列を有する蛋白質が、 ウイ ルスに由来する蛋白質である結合等があげられる。 (13) SH3 domain binding may be, for example, any binding between a protein having an SH3 domain and a protein having a proline-rich sequence, for example, SH3 domain. And a protein having a proline rich sequence and / or a protein derived from a virus.
ウィルスに由来する蛋白質としては、例えばヒト免疫不全ウィルス— 1 (HIV-1)、 ヒト Tリンパ球ウィルス— 1 (HTLV-1) 等のレトロウイルスに由来する蛋白質、 デル夕型肝炎ウィルス (HDV) 、 C型肝炎ウィルス (HCV)、 E型肝炎ウィルス Examples of proteins derived from the virus include proteins derived from retroviruses such as human immunodeficiency virus-1 (HIV-1) and human T lymphocyte virus-1 (HTLV-1), and Derberian hepatitis virus (HDV). Hepatitis C virus (HCV), Hepatitis E virus
(NEV)等の肝炎ウィルスに由来する蛋白質、単純へルぺスウィルス一 2 (HSV-2)、 E Bウィルス (EBV) 、 サイミ リヘルぺスウィルス (H. saimiri) 、 ァテレルヘル ^ウィルス(H. fltefe 等のへルぺスウィルスに由来する蛋白質等があげられる。 SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質としては、 例えば非受容体型チロシンキナーゼの Srcフアミリ一蛋白質である Src、 Yesヽ Fgrヽ Hckヽ Lckヽ Ablヽ Fyn (fgr/yes-related novel eene Lyn ( lgr/yes-related novel geneノ、 Blk(B-cell lymphocyte kinase) s Yrk , es-related kinase) 等、 酵素活性を有する Ras-GAP (ras-GTPase-activating protein) 、 PLCァ(NEV) and other proteins derived from hepatitis virus, simple herpes virus 1-2 (HSV-2), EB virus (EBV), S. mori herpes virus (H. saimiri), Atererher's virus (H. fltefe) Examples of proteins derived from a herpes virus, such as Src family, include Src, a non-receptor tyrosine kinase Src family protein, and Yes ヽ Fgr ヽ Hck ヽ Lck ヽ Abl ヽ Fyn. Ras-GAP (ras-GTPase-activating) with enzymatic activity such as (fgr / yes-related novel eene Lyn (lgr / yes-related novel gene, Blk (B-cell lymphocyte kinase) s Yrk, es-related kinase)) protein), PLC
(phospholipase C-gamma)ヽ PI3K ( phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase)等、 非受容体型チ 口シンキナ一ゼの Tecファミリ一蛋白質である Tec、 Txk/Rlk、 Tsk/Emt/Itks BtkTec, Txk / Rlk, Tsk / Emt / Itks Btk, a protein of the Tec family of non-receptor-type oral synkinases such as (phospholipase C-gamma) ヽ PI3K (phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase)
(Bruton's tyrosine kinase) 等、 アダプタ一蛋白質である Crk (CT-10bregulated) 、 Grb2 (growth factor receptor -bound protein 2)、 Nck、 Vav等、 転写因子である STATSTAT, a transcription factor, such as Crk (CT-10bregulated), Grb2 (growth factor receptor -bound protein 2), Nck, and Vav, which are adapter proteins such as (Bruton's tyrosine kinase)
(signal transducers and activators of transcription) 等、 ァクチノ骨格形成に関わ Cortactin等、 NADPHォキシ夕一ゼ複合体の構成蛋白質である p40-phox、 p67-phox、 p47-phox等、 T細胞受容体のシグナル分子である TCRsm [カレント 'バイオロジ ― (Curr. Biol.) 、 11卷、 1294頁 (2001年) ]等、 IL-2R (interleukin-2 receptor) の ?鎖もしくはァ鎖 [ジャーナル ·ォブ ·バイロロジ一 (J. Virol.) 、 74卷、 9828頁(signal transducers and activators of transcription), etc.Related to the formation of the actino skeleton Cortactin, etc.Signal molecules of T cell receptor, such as p40-phox, p67-phox, p47-phox, etc. TCRsm [Current 'Biology-(Curr. Biol.), Vol. 11, p. 1294 (2001)], etc., the IL-2R (interleukin-2 receptor) chain or chain [Journal of Biology (J. Virol.), Vol. 74, p. 9828
(2000年) ] 等があげられる。 (2000)].
プロリンリツチ配列を有する蛋白質としては、 例えばウィルスの感染および/ま たは増殖や、 HIV-1の複製等に関わる NefT'ある HIV-lNe傳、 NADPHォキシ夕一ゼ複 合体の構成蛋白質である p22-phox、 p47-phox等、 細胞周期に関わる Sam68 Proteins having a proline-rich sequence include, for example, p22 which is a component of HIV-lNe, a NefT 'involved in virus infection and / or proliferation, and replication of HIV-1 and a complex of NADPH-oxynase. -Phox, p47-phox, etc.
(src-associated mitotic substrate 68) 等、 アダプタ一蛋白質である Sosl (son of sevenless)、 Dynamic c-Cbl (casitas B-lineage lymphoma)等、細胞骨格に関わる ZOl 等、 ウィルス感染の持続等に関わる HTLV-1の pX ORF I (open reading frame I of the pX regione) [ジャーナル 'ォブ'バイロロジ一(J. Virol.)、 74卷、 9828頁 (2000 年) ]等、 ウィルスの RNA合成に関わる LHDAg (large hepatitis delta antigen) [ジ ヤーナル 'ォブ 'バイロロジ一 (J. Virol.)、 72卷、 2089頁 (1998年) ]、 NS5A(src-associated mitotic substrate 68), etc. ZOl related to cytoskeleton, such as Sosl (son of sevenless) which is an adapter protein, Dynamic c-Cbl (casitas B-lineage lymphoma) HTLV-1 pX ORF I (open reading frame I of the pX regione) related to the persistence of virus infection, etc. [Journal of 'ob' Virology 1 (J. Virol.), Vol. 74, p. 9828 (2000) LHDAg (large hepatitis delta antigen) involved in viral RNA synthesis [Journal of Ob 'Virology (J. Virol.), 72, 2089 (1998)], NS5A
[プロシーディング .ォプ ·ザ ·ナショナル ·アカデミー ·ォブ ·サイエンス · ォプ 'ザ'ユー ·エス ·ェ一 (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA)、 961卷、 5533頁 (1999 年)]、 pORF3 [ジャーナル 'ォプ 'バイオロジカル 'ケミストリ一(J. Biol. Chem.)、 276巻、 42389頁 (2002年) ]ヽ ICP10 [ジャーナル ·ォブ ·バイオロジカル ·ケミ ストリ一 (J. Biol. Chem.)、 271卷、 17021頁 (1996年) ] 等、 ウィルスの宿主細 胞での潜伏および Zまたは透過に関わる LMP2A [エクスプレッション ·ォブ ·セ ル · リサーチ (Exp. Cell Res.)、 257卷ヽ 332頁 (2000年) 、 ジャーナル ·ォブ · バイロロジ一 (J. Virol.)、 69卷、 7814頁 (1995年) ] 、 T i p [ジャーナル -ォ ブ ·バイロロジー(J. Virol.)、 72卷、 2607頁(1998年):]、 T i o [ジャーナル - ォプ.バイロロジ一 (J. Virol.)、 73卷、 4631頁 (1999年) ] 等があげられる。 [Proceeding. Op. The National Academy of Sciences Op. 'The' U.S.A. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA), Vol. 961, 5533 (1999) ], PORF3 [Journal 'Op' Biological 'Chemistry (J. Biol. Chem.), 276, 42389 (2002)] ヽ ICP10 [Journal of Biological Biology Chemistry (J. Biol. Chem.) Biol. Chem.), Vol. 271, p. 17021 (1996)], etc., and LMP2A [Expression of Cell Res.] Related to the latency and Z or permeation of the virus in host cells. 257, ヽ 332 (2000), Journal of Violology (J. Virol.), 69, 7814 (1995)], Tip [Journal of Violology (J. Virol.) ), 72, 2607 (1998):], Tio [Journal-J. Virol., 73, 4631 (1999)], etc. Is raised.
SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質とプロリンリツチ配列を有する蛋白質の結合とし ては、例えば Fynと Sam68 [ジャーナル■ォブ ·バイオロジカル 'ケミストリー(J. Biol. Chem.)、 272卷、 6214頁 (1997年) ]、 Srcと Sam68 [モレキュラー ·セル · バイオロジー (Mol. Cell Biol.)、 15卷、 186頁 (1995年) ]、 Grb2と Sosl [ネイチ ャ一( Nature )、 363卷、 83頁( 1993年)]、 PLC Jと Sam68 [オンコジーン( Oncogene)、 18卷、 4647頁 (1999年) ] 、 Grb2と Sam68 [モレキュラー ·アンド ·セルラー · バイオロジー (Mol. Cell. Biol)、 15巻、 186頁 (1995年) ] 、 Lynと HIV-lNefもし くは Hckと HIV-lNef [ェンボ ·ジャーナル(EMBO. J.)、 14卷、 484頁 (1995年)、 バイロロジ一 (Virology)、 262卷、 55頁 (1999年) ] 、 TCRsmと HIV-lNef [カレ ント ·バイオロジー (Curr. Biol.)、 11卷、 1294頁 (2001年) ]、 p47-phoxと p22-phox Examples of the binding between a protein having an SH3 domain and a protein having a proline rich sequence include, for example, Fyn and Sam68 [Journal of Biologic 'Chemistry (J. Biol. Chem.), 272, 6214 (1997). ], Src and Sam68 [Molecular Cell Biology (Mol. Cell Biol.), Vol. 15, 186 (1995)], Grb2 and Sosl [Nature, 363, 83 (1993) )], PLC J and Sam68 [Oncogene, 18 volumes, 4647 pages (1999)], Grb2 and Sam68 [Molecular and Cellular Biology (Mol. Cell. Biol), 15, 186 ( 1995)], Lyn and HIV-lNef or Hck and HIV-lNef [EMBO. J., 14, 484 (1995), Virology, 262, 55 (1999)], TCRsm and HIV-lNef [Curr. Biol., Vol. 11, 1294 (2001)], p47-phox and p22-pho x
[プロシ一ディング ·ォプ ·ザ ·ナショナル ·アカデミー ·ォブ ·サイエンス · ォブ .ザ ·ュ一 ·エス ·ェ一 (proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA)、 91卷、 10650頁 (1994 年) ]、 p67-phoxと p47-phox [プロシーディング ·オフ、、 ·ザ ·ナショナル ·ァカデ ミ一'ォブ'サイエンス'ォブ 'ザ'ュ一 ·エス ·ェ一(Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA)ヽ 91卷、 10650頁(1994年) ]、 Lynと Dynamin [ジャーナル ·ォプ ·ィムノロジー( Immunol.) 、 157卷、 1226頁 (1996年) ] 、 Lynと c-Cbl [ジャーナル 'ォブ'バイ ォロジカル 'ケミストリ一(J. Biol. Chem.)、 270卷ヽ 9115頁(1995年) ]、 Cortactin と Zol [ジャーナル ·ォブ ·バイ才ロジカル 'ケミストリー (J. Biol. Chem.)、 273 卷、 29672頁 (1998年) ] 、 IL-2Rの/?鎖もしくはァ鎖と pX ORF I [ジャーナル ' ォブ .バイロロジー (J. Virol.) 、 74卷、 9828頁 (2000年) ]、 Grb2と NS5A [プ 口シ一ディング ·ォプ ·ザ ·ナショナル 'アカデミー'ォブ'サイエンス 'ォブ · ザ-ュ一'エス 'エー(proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA)、 961卷、 5533頁(1999年) ]、 Srcと pORF3、 Hckと pORF3、 Fynと pORF3、 PI3Kと pORF3、 PLCSと pORF3もしくは Grb2と pORF3 [ジャーナル 'ォブ 'バイオロジカル 'ケミストリ一(J. Biol. Chem.)、 276卷、 42389頁(2002年) ]、 Grb2と ICP10 [ジャーナル 'ォブ 'バイオロジカル ' ケミストリ一(J. Biol. Chem.)、 271卷、 17021頁 (1996年) ]、 Lynと LMP2A [ェ クスプレヅシヨン 'ォプ■セル · リサーチ (Exp. Cell Res.)、 257卷、 332頁 (2000 年)、 ジャーナル ·ォブ ·バイロロジ一(J. Virol.)、 69卷、 7814頁(1995年) ]、 Lckと Tip [ジャーナル ·ォプ'バイ口口ジー(J. Virol.)、 72卷、 2607頁(1998年) ]、 Lynと Tio、 Hckと Tio、 Lckと Tio、 Srcと Tio、 Fynと Tioもしくは Yesと Tio [ジャ一ナ ル .ォブ.バイロロジー(J. Virol.)、 73卷、 4631頁(1999年) ]等があげられる。 非ぺプチド性化合物の薬理学的に許容される塩は、 例えば薬理学的に許容され る酸付加塩、 金属塩、 アンモニゥム塩、 有機アミン付加塩、 アミノ酸付加塩等を 包含する。 [Proceding of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America ( proc . Natl. Acad. Sci. USA), 91, 10650 pages ( 1994)], p67-phox and p47-phox [Proceeding Off, The National Academy Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91, 10650 (1994)], Lyn and Dynamin [Journal 157, 1226 (1996)], Lyn and c-Cbl [Journal 'ob' Biological 'Chemistry (J. Biol. Chem.), 270, 9115 ( 1995)], Cortactin and Zol [Journal of Biological Sciences' Chemistry (J. Biol. Chem.), Vol. 273, p. 29672 (1998)], with the IL-2R /? pX ORF I [Journal of Ob. Virol., Vol. 74, pp. 9828 (2000)], Grb2 and NS5A [Schedule of Op. the National 'Academy' Ob ' Science 'O blanking tHE - Interview one'es' er (.... p roc Natl Acad Sci USA), 961 Certificates, p. 5533 (1999)], Src and pORF3, Hck and pORF3, Fyn and pORF3, PI3K And pORF3, PLCS and pORF3 or Grb2 pORF3 [Journal 'Ob' Biological 'Chemistry (J. Biol. Chem.), vol. 276, p. 42389 (2002)], Grb2 and ICP10 [Journal' Ob 'Biological' Chemistry (J. Biol. Chem.), Volume 271, p. 17021 (1996)], Lyn and LMP2A [Expression Cell Research., Vol. 257, p. 332 (2000), Journal J. Virol., Vol. 69, p. 7814 (1995)], Lck and Tip [Journal op'J. Virol., Vol. 72, p. 2607 (1998) )], Lyn and Tio, Hck and Tio, Lck and Tio, Src and Tio, Fyn and Tio or Yes and Tio [Journal of Virol., 73, 4631 (1999) Year)]. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the non-peptide compounds include, for example, pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts, metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, amino acid addition salts and the like.
非ぺプチド性化合物の薬理学的に許容される酸付加塩としては、例えば塩酸塩、 硫酸塩、 硝酸塩、 リン酸塩等の無機酸塩、 酢酸塩、 マレイン酸塩、 フマル酸塩、 クェン酸塩等の有機酸塩等があげられ、 薬理学的に許容される金属塩としては、 例えばナトリウム塩、 カリウム塩等のアルカリ金属塩、 マグネシウム塩、 カルシ ゥム塩等のアルカリ土類金属塩、 アルミニウム塩、 亜鉛塩等があげられ、 薬理学 的に許容されるアンモニゥム塩としては、 アンモニゥム、 テトラメチルアンモニ ゥム等の塩があげられ、 薬理学的に許容される有機アミン付加塩としては、 モル ホリン、 ピぺリジン等の付加塩があげられ、 薬理学的に許容されるアミノ酸付加 塩としては、 グリシン、 フエ二ルァラニン、 リジン、 ァスパラギン酸、 グルタミ ン酸等の付加塩があげられる。 Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of non-peptide compounds include, for example, inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate and phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, and citrate Examples of the pharmacologically acceptable metal salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt, and the like. Aluminum salts, zinc salts, etc. are listed. Pharmacologically acceptable ammonium salts include ammonium and tetramethylammonium. Pharmacologically acceptable organic amine addition salts include morpholine, piperidine and the like; pharmacologically acceptable amino acid addition salts include Addition salts of glycine, phenylalanine, lysine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid and the like can be mentioned.
次に、 本発明で使用される非べプチド性化合物の製造法について説明する。 なお、 以下に示した製造法において、 定義した基が反応条件下変化するか、 ま たは方法を実施するのに不適切な場合、 有機合成化学で常用される方法、 例えば 官能基の保護、 脱保護等 [例えば、 プロテクティブ · グループス 'イン 'オーガ ニック . シノセンス 5^二版 (.Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis third edition) グリーン (T. W. Greene) 著、 ジョン ·ワイリー 'アンド .サンズ ·ィンコ一ポレ ィテッド (John Wiley & Sons Inc.) (1999年) ] の手段に付すことにより容易に製 造を実施することができる。 また、 必要に応じて置換基導入等の反応工程の順序 を変えることもできる。 Next, a method for producing the non-peptide compound used in the present invention will be described. In the following production methods, if the defined groups change under the reaction conditions or are inappropriate for carrying out the method, methods commonly used in organic synthetic chemistry, such as protection of functional groups, Deprotection, etc. [For example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis third edition, TW Greene, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (John Wiley & Sons Inc.) (1999)]. In addition, the order of the reaction steps such as introduction of a substituent can be changed as necessary.
本発明で使用される非べプチド性化合物は、 例えば以下に示す一連の反応によ り製造することができる。 The non-peptide compound used in the present invention can be produced, for example, by a series of reactions shown below.
製造法 1 : Manufacturing method 1:
本発明で使用される非ペプチド性化合物のうち、 化合物 (VI) は、 次の一連の 反応工程により製造することができる。 Among the non-peptidic compounds used in the present invention, compound (VI) can be produced by the following series of reaction steps.
工程 1 : Process 1:
化合物 (VI) のうち、 R5Gがヒドロキシメチルである化合物 (Via) は、 化合物 (VII) から、 次の反応工程により製造することができる。 Among the compounds (VI), the compound (Via) wherein R 5G is hydroxymethyl can be produced from the compound (VII) by the following reaction steps.
(式中、 R 、 R3A、 R3B、 R5e、 R5d、 R5e、 R5f、 R、 R5iおよび R5jは、 それぞれ前 記と同義である) (Wherein, R, R 3A , R 3B , R 5e , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , R, R 5i and R 5j have the same meanings as described above, respectively)
化合物 (Via) は、 化合物 (VII) を還元剤で、 不活性溶媒中で処理することに より、 得ることができる。 Compound (Via) can be obtained by treating compound (VII) with a reducing agent in an inert solvent.
還元剤としては、 例えば水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、 水素化リチウムアルミニゥ ム、 水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム、 ナトリウム水素化ビス (2—メトキシェ トキシ) アルミニウム等があげられ、 該還元剤は化合物 (VII) に対して 1〜: 10当 量用いられる。 Examples of the reducing agent include sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, diisobutyl aluminum hydride, sodium bis (2-methoxyethoxy) aluminum hydride, and the like. 1 to: 10 equivalents are used.
不活性溶媒としては、 例えばメタノール、 エタノール、 クロ口ホルム、 ジクロ ロメタン、 テトラヒドロフラン (THF) 、 ジェチルエーテル、 トルエン、 ジメチ ルホルムアミド (DMF) 等があげられる。 Examples of the inert solvent include methanol, ethanol, chloroform, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethyl ether, toluene, and dimethylformamide (DMF).
反応は、 0°Cから用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度で行われ、 通常 1分間〜 24時間で 終了する。 The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 1 minute to 24 hours.
工程 2 : Step 2:
化合物 (VI)のうち、 R5Gが置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシメチルまたは 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィルォキシメチルである化合物 (VIb)は、 ェ 程 1で得られる化合物 (Via) から、 次の反応工程により製造することができる。 Among the compounds (VI), the compound (VIb) in which R 5G is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxymethyl or a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyloxymethyl is obtained from the compound (Via) obtained in Step 1 It can be produced by the following reaction steps.
{式中、 R 、 R3A、 R3B、 R5cs R5d、 R5es R5f、 R、 R5iおよび R5jは、 それそれ前 記と同義であり、 Rは置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル [該低級アルキルは前 記低級アルキル (1 ) と同義であり、 置換低級アルキルの置換基は前記置換低級 アルキルの置換基(1 0 ) と同義である] または置換もしくは非置換の低級アル カノィル [該低級アルカノィルは前記低級アルカノィル (3 ) と同義であり、 置 換低級アル力ノィルの置換基は前記置換低級アル力ノィルの置換基 (1 0 ) と同 義である] を表す } (Wherein, R, R 3A , R 3B , R 5cs R 5d , R 5es R 5f , R, R 5i and R 5j each have the same meaning as described above, and R is a substituted or unsubstituted lower. Alkyl [wherein the lower alkyl has the same meaning as the lower alkyl (1), and the substituent of the substituted lower alkyl has the same meaning as the substituent (10) of the substituted lower alkyl] or a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl Canoyl [the lower alkanoyl has the same meaning as the lower alkanoyl (3), and the substituent of the substituted lower alkenyl has the same meaning as the substituent (10) of the substituted lower alkenyl].
化合物 (VIb) は、 工程 1で得られる化合物 (Via) と:!〜 20当量の R—Z (式中、 Rは前記と同義であり、 Zは塩素、 臭素、 またはヨウ素の各原子を表す) を、 塩基 存在下、 不活性溶媒中で反応させることにより得ることができる。 また、 Rが置 換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィルの場合には、 R2〇 (式中、 Rは前記と同義で ある) であるカルボン酸無水物を R—Zのかわりに用いることもできる。 The compound (VIb) is the same as the compound (Via) obtained in the step 1:! To 20 equivalents of R—Z (wherein R is as defined above, and Z represents each atom of chlorine, bromine, or iodine) ) In an inert solvent in the presence of a base. When R is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyl, a carboxylic anhydride in which R 2 〇 (where R is as defined above) can be used instead of R—Z.
塩基としては、 例えばピリジン、 トリェチルァミン、 炭酸カリウム、 炭酸セシ ゥム、 水素化ナトリウム等があげられ、 該塩基は化合物 (Via) に対して 1〜50当 量、 または溶媒としても用いられる。 Examples of the base include pyridine, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydride and the like, and the base is used in an amount of 1 to 50 equivalents to compound (Via) or as a solvent.
不活性溶媒としては、 例えばクロ口ホルム、 ジクロロメタン、 アセトン、 ジェ チルエーテル、 ァセトニトリル、 THFヽ DMF^があげられる。 Examples of the inert solvent include chloroform, dichloromethane, acetone, dimethyl ether, acetonitrile, and THF ヽ DMF 例 え ば.
反応は、 0°Cから用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度で行われ、 通常 5分間〜 24時間で 終了する。 The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 5 minutes to 24 hours.
工程 3 : Step 3:
化合物 (VI) のうち、 R5Gが— CH = NQA (式中、 QAは前記と同義である) であ る化合物 (Vic) は、 化合物 (VII) から、 次の反応工程により製造することがで ぎる。 Of the compound (VI), the compound (Vic) in which R 5G is —CH = NQ A (wherein Q A is as defined above) is produced from the compound (VII) by the following reaction step Things can be done.
(式中、 R 、 R3A、 R3B、 R5e、 R5d、 R5e、 R5f、 Rs、 R5jおよび QAは、 それそ れ前記と同義である) 化合物 (Vic) は、 化合物 (VII) と 1〜: 10当量の QANH2 (式中、 QAは前記と同義 である) を、 必要に応じて塩基存在下、 不活性溶媒中で反応させることにより得 ることができる。 (Wherein, R, R 3A , R 3B , R 5e , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , R s , R 5j and Q A are as defined above). Compound (Vic) is reacted with compound (VII) by 1 to 10 equivalents of Q A NH 2 (wherein Q A is as defined above) in an inert solvent in the presence of a base, if necessary. Can be obtained.
塩基としては、 例えばピリジン、 トリェチルァミン等があげられ、 該塩基は化 合物 (VII) に対して 1〜20当量用いられる。 Examples of the base include pyridine, triethylamine and the like, and the base is used in an amount of 1 to 20 equivalents based on compound (VII).
不活性溶媒としては、 例えばクロ口ホルム、 ジクロロメタン、 アセトン、 ジェ チルエーテル、 ァセトニトリル、 THF、 DMF^があげられる。 Inert solvents include, for example, chloroform, dichloromethane, acetone, methyl ether, acetonitrile, THF, DMF ^.
反応は、 0°Cから用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度で行われ、 通常 5分間〜 24時間で 終了する。 The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 5 minutes to 24 hours.
なお、本製造法 1における原料ィ匕合物 (VII)は、例えばザ ·ジャーナル ·ォブ · アンチバイオティヅクス (The Journal of Antibiotics)、 53卷、 579頁 (2000年) ま たは特開昭 58-116686号に記載の方法、 またはそれらに準じて得ることができる。 製造法 2 : · In addition, the starting material (VII) in this production method 1 is, for example, the Journal of Antibiotics, Vol. 53, p. 579 (2000), or It can be obtained according to the method described in Japanese Unexamined Utility Model Publication No. 58-116686, or according to them. Manufacturing method 2:
化合物 (II) は、 例えば化合物 (VIII) から以下の方法により製造することがで ぎる。 Compound (II) can be produced, for example, from compound (VIII) by the following method.
(lib) (lib)
(式中、 R6、 、 Rwおよび R11は、 それそれ前記と同義であり、 Rおよび R9まそ れそれ前記 R7および と同義であるが、 同時に水素原子となることはない) 工程 1 : 化合物 (Ha) は、 化合物 (VIII) と:!〜 10当量の R6C02H (式中、 は前記と同義 である) またはその誘導体を、 酸の存在下、 不活性溶媒中で反応させることによ り得ることができる。 (Wherein, R 6 , R w and R 11 have the same meanings as above, respectively, and R and R 9 have the same meanings as R 7 and above, but do not simultaneously form a hydrogen atom). 1: Compound (Ha) is prepared by reacting compound (VIII) with:! To 10 equivalents of R 6 CO 2 H (wherein is as defined above) or a derivative thereof in an inert solvent in the presence of an acid. Can be obtained.
酸としては、 例えばぎ酸、 酢酸、 トリフルォロ酢酸等の有機酸、 塩酸、 硫酸、 硝酸、 リン酸等の無機酸、 四塩化チタン、 三フヅ化ホウ素エーテル錯体等のルイ ス酸等があげられ、 中でも三フヅ化ホウ素エーテル錯体がより好ましく用いられ る。酸は、化合物 (VIII) に対して 1〜100当量、 または溶媒としても用いられる。 不活性溶媒としては、 例えばクロ口ホルム、 ジクロロメタン、 THF、 DMF^が あげられる。 Examples of the acid include organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid; inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, and phosphoric acid; and Lewis acids such as titanium tetrachloride and boron trifluoride etherate. Among them, boron trifluoride etherate is more preferably used. The acid is used in an amount of 1 to 100 equivalents based on compound (VIII) or as a solvent. Inert solvents include, for example, chloroform, dichloromethane, THF, DMF ^.
反応は、 -30°Cから用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度で行われ、 通常 1分間〜 24時間 で終了する。 The reaction is carried out at a temperature between -30 ° C and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 1 minute to 24 hours.
なお、 原料化合物 (VIII) は、 市販品として、 またはジャーナル 'ォブ 'ァメ リカン ·ケミカル ·ソサエティ (J. Am. Chem. Soc.) 、 122卷、 3071頁 (2000年) に記載の方法もしくはそれに準じて得ることができる。 The starting compound (VIII) can be used as a commercially available product or as described in the journal “Ob” American Chemical Chemical Society (J. Am. Chem. Soc.), Vol. 122, p. 3071 (2000). Or it can be obtained according to it.
工程 2 : Step 2:
化合物 (lib) は、 製造法 2の工程 1で得られる化合物 (Ila) を 1〜20当量の R Z (R および Zはそれそれ前記と同義である) と、 塩基存在下、 不活性溶媒中で反 応させることにより得ることができる。 Compound (lib) is prepared by treating compound (Ila) obtained in Step 1 of Production Method 2 with 1 to 20 equivalents of RZ (R and Z are as defined above) in an inert solvent in the presence of a base. It can be obtained by reacting.
塩基としては、 例えばピリジン、 トリェチルァミン、 炭酸カリウム、 炭酸セシ ゥム、 炭酸カルシウム、 水素化ナトリウム等があげられ、 該塩基は化合物 (Ila) に対して 1〜5当量用いられる。 Examples of the base include pyridine, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium hydride and the like, and the base is used in an amount of 1 to 5 equivalents to compound (Ila).
不活性溶媒としては、 例えばクロ口ホルム、 ジクロロメ夕ン、 アセトン、 ジェ チルエーテル、 ァセトニトリル、 THFヽ DMF^があげられる。 Examples of the inert solvent include chloroform, dichloromethane, acetone, methyl ether, acetonitrile, and THF ヽ DMF ^.
反応は、 0°Cから用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度で行われ、 通常 5分間〜 24時間で 終了する。 The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, and is usually completed in 5 minutes to 24 hours.
製造法 3 : Production method 3:
化合物 (Ilia)および化合物 (Illb)は、例えば特鬨平 10-114776号、 WO98/41205s ヘルべチカ 'ヒミカ 'ァク夕 (Helv. Chem. Acta)、 62卷、 1501頁 (1979年) 等に 記載の方法、 またはそれらに準じて得ることができる。 Compound (Ilia) and compound (Illb) are described in, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-114776, WO98 / 41205 s Helvetica 'Himika' Akta (Helv. Chem. Acta), Vol. 62, p. 1501 (1979), etc., or can be obtained according to them.
製造法 4 : Production method 4:
化合物 (I) は、 例えば前記製造法 1に記載の方法、 ジャーナル ·ォブ ·ァメリ カン ·ケミカル ·ソサエティ ( Am.Chem.Soc.)、 107卷、 256頁 (1985年) 、 同 94卷、 2549頁 (1972年) 等に記載の方法、 ザ ·ジャーナル ·ォブ ·アンチバイオ ティックス (The Journal of Antibiotics)、 53卷、 579頁 (2000年)、 特開昭 58-116686 号等に記載の方法、 ま たはそれら に準じて得る こ とがで きる。 本発明で使用される非ぺプチド性化合物のうち、化合物 (Va)および化合物 (Vb) (サイ トカラシン誘導体) は、 次の培養法により製造することができる。 製造法 5 : Compound (I) can be prepared, for example, according to the method described in the above-mentioned Production method 1, Journal of America, Chemical Society (Am. Chem. Soc.), Vol. 107, page 256 (1985), Vol. 2549 (1972), etc., The Journal of Antibiotics, 53, 579 (2000), JP-A-58-116686, etc. Method or according to them. Among the non-peptide compounds used in the present invention, compound (Va) and compound (Vb) (cytochalasin derivative) can be produced by the following culture method. Production method 5:
サイ トカラシン誘導体は、 サイ トカラシン誘導体生産能を有する微生物を培地 に培養し、 培養物中にサイ トカラシン誘導体を生成蓄積させ、 該培養物からサイ トカラシン誘導体を採取することによって製造される。 The cytochalasin derivative is produced by culturing a microorganism having a cytochalasin derivative-producing ability in a medium, producing and accumulating the cytochalasin derivative in the culture, and collecting the cytochalasin derivative from the culture.
サイ トカラシン誘導体生産能を有する微生物としては、 サイ トカラシン誘導体 生産能を有する菌株であればいずれの菌株でも用いることができる。 またこれら の菌株を人工的変異方法、 例えば紫外線照射、' X線照射、 変異誘起剤処理等によ つて変異させた変異株または自然的に変異した変異株でも、 サイ トカラシン誘導 体生産能を有するものであれば本発明に用いることができる。 As the microorganism having a cytochalasin derivative-producing ability, any strain can be used as long as it is a strain having a cytochalasin derivative-producing ability. Mutants obtained by mutating these strains by an artificial mutation method, for example, ultraviolet irradiation, 'X-ray irradiation, treatment with a mutagen, etc. Any of these can be used in the present invention.
具体的には、 ァスペルギルス スぺシ一ズ (AspergiUus sp. ) MPC1006、 ァスペル ギルス スぺシ一ズ Axperg sp. ) MPC1009s クロサイワイタケ日糸状茼額 (Xylariales filamentous fungus) MPC1005等があげられる。 Specific examples include AspergiUus sp. MPC1006 and Aspergillus sp. Axperg sp. MPC1009s Black mushroom Xylariales filamentous fungus MPC1005.
本発明のサイ トカラシン誘導体生産能を有する微生物の培養に際しては、 通常 の糸状菌の培養法が適用される。 培地としては、 微生物の資化し得る炭素源、 窒 素源、 無機物等を程よく含有する培地であれば合成培地、 天然培地いずれでも使 用できる。 - 炭素源としては、 グルコース、 澱粉、 デキストリン、 マンノース、 フルクトー ス、 シュクロース、 ラクトース、 キシロース、 ァラビノ一ス、 マンニトール、 糖 蜜等が単独でまたは組合せて用いられる。 さらに、 菌の資化能によっては炭化水 素、 アルコール類、 有機酸等も用いられる。 In culturing the microorganism having the ability to produce a cytochalasin derivative of the present invention, an ordinary method for culturing a filamentous fungus is applied. As the medium, any of a synthetic medium and a natural medium can be used as long as the medium contains a carbon source, a nitrogen source, an inorganic substance, etc. which can be assimilated by microorganisms. -Carbon sources include glucose, starch, dextrin, mannose, fructo Sucrose, lactose, xylose, arabinose, mannitol, molasses and the like are used alone or in combination. In addition, hydrocarbons, alcohols, organic acids, etc. are used depending on the assimilation ability of the bacteria.
窒素源としては、 塩化アンモニゥム、 硝酸アンモニゥム、 硫酸アンモニゥム、 硝酸ナトリウム、 尿素、 ペプトン、 肉エキス、 酵母エキス、 乾燥酵母、 コーン - スチープ · リカー、 大豆粉、' カザミノ酸等が単独でまたは組合せて用いられる。 そのほか、 必要に応じて塩化ナトリウム、 塩化カリウム、 硫酸マグネシウム、 炭酸カルシウム、 リン酸二水素カリウム、 リン酸マグネシウム · 8水塩、 硫酸第 一鉄、 塩化カルシウム、 硫酸マンガン、 硫酸亜鉛、 硫酸銅等の無機塩類を加える こともできる。 さらに、 使用菌の生育やサイ トカラシン誘導体の生産を促進する 微量成分を適当に添加することができる。 As a nitrogen source, ammonium chloride, ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulfate, sodium nitrate, urea, peptone, meat extract, yeast extract, dried yeast, corn-steep liquor, soybean powder, casamino acid, etc. are used alone or in combination. Can be In addition, as necessary, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, magnesium sulfate, calcium carbonate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, magnesium phosphate octahydrate, ferrous sulfate, calcium chloride, manganese sulfate, zinc sulfate, copper sulfate, etc. Inorganic salts can also be added. Furthermore, trace components that promote the growth of the bacteria used and the production of cytochalasin derivatives can be appropriately added.
培養法としては、 液体培養法、 特に深部攪拌培養法が適している。 培養は、 16 〜37°C、好ましくは 25〜32°Cの温度で、 pH 4〜: 10、好ましくは pH 6〜8で行われ、 培地の pH調整にはアンモニア水や炭酸アンモニゥム溶液等が用いられる。培養は 通常 1〜10日で終了するが、サイトカラシン誘導体が培養液中および菌体中に生成 蓄積され、 培養物中の生成量が最大に達したときに培養を停止することが好まし い o 培養物中に蓄積したサイ トカラシン誘導体の培養物からの単離精製は、 通常の 微生物代謝産物を培養物から単離精製するために常用される方法に従って行われ る。 例えば、 培養物を濾過により培養濾液と菌体とに分け、 菌体からクロ口ホル ム、 アセトン、 メタノール等の溶剤で菌体成分を抽出する。 ついで、 抽出液と培 養濾液とを併せて、 ポリスチレン系吸着剤、 例えばダイヤイオン H P—2 0 (≡ 菱化学社製) 等に通塔して活性成分を吸着させ、 ついでメタノール、 アセトン等 で溶出する。 溶出液を濃縮し、 ォク夕デシル基結合型シリカゲル (ODS) による カラムクロマトグラフィー、 高速液体ク口マトグラフィ一、 シリカゲル等による カラムクロマトグラフィー等により、サイ ト力ラシン誘導体を得る。なお、培養、 単離精製操作中のサイ トカラシン誘導体の検出は、 薄層クロマトグラフィー、 つ いでョード試薬を用いることにより行うことができる。 As a culture method, a liquid culture method, particularly a submerged stirring culture method, is suitable. The cultivation is carried out at a temperature of 16 to 37 ° C, preferably 25 to 32 ° C, at pH 4 to 10, preferably at pH 6 to 8. For adjusting the pH of the medium, aqueous ammonia or ammonium carbonate solution or the like is used. Used. Culture is usually completed in 1 to 10 days, but it is preferable to stop the culture when the cytochalasin derivative is produced and accumulated in the culture solution and in the cells, and the amount of production in the culture reaches the maximum. o Isolation and purification of the cytochalasin derivative accumulated in the culture from the culture are performed according to a method commonly used for isolating and purifying ordinary microbial metabolites from the culture. For example, the culture is separated into a culture filtrate and cells by filtration, and the cell components are extracted from the cells with a solvent such as black form, acetone, and methanol. Then, the extract and the culture filtrate are combined and passed through a polystyrene-based adsorbent, for example, Diaion HP-20 (manufactured by Ryishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), to adsorb the active components, and then, methanol, acetone, or the like is used. Elute. The eluate is concentrated, and a cytolasin derivative is obtained by column chromatography using octyl decyl group-bonded silica gel (ODS), high-performance liquid chromatography, column chromatography using silica gel, or the like. The detection of cytochalasin derivatives during the culturing, isolation, and purification procedures was performed by thin-layer chromatography. It can be carried out by using an Eod reagent.
本発明者らは、 サイトカラシン誘導体生産能を有する菌株として、 土壌より新 に分離し ァスペルギルス スぺシース' C4¾?erg Zi« sp. ) に属する MPC1006、 MPC1009が、 SH3結合阻害作用を有するサイトカラシン誘導体を生産することを 見い出した。 The present inventors have proposed that as a strain having cytochalasin derivative-producing ability, MPC1006 and MPC1009, newly isolated from soil and belonging to Aspergillus sp. 'C4¾erg Zi «sp.), Have cytochalasin having SH3 binding inhibitory action. Found to produce derivatives.
本発明化合物を生産する代表菌株 MPC1006は、 土壌より分離したものであり、 その菌学的性質は次の通りである。 The representative strain MPC1006 producing the compound of the present invention was isolated from soil and has the following bacteriological properties.
1 . 肉眼的観察 1. Visual observation
麦芽エキス寒天培地を用いて 25°Cで培養したとき、集落の直径は、培養 7日目で 38〜39mm、培養 11日目で 65〜68mmに達する。培養 11日目の集落の表面中央部は、 極めて薄い赤みをおびた黄色を呈し、その外側は極めて薄い黄色を呈する。また、 集落の裏面は、 中央部が薄い赤黄色、 外側は極めて薄い黄色を呈する。 When cultured on malt extract agar at 25 ° C, the diameter of the colonies reaches 38-39 mm on day 7 of culture and 65-68 mm on day 11 of culture. The center of the surface of the colony on day 11 of culture has a very pale reddish yellow color, and the outside has a very pale yellow color. The center of the back of the settlement is light red-yellow at the center and extremely light yellow at the outside.
バレイショ ·プドウ糖寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで培養したとき、集落の直径は、 培養 7日目で 38〜40mm、培養 11日目で 46〜48mmに達する。培養 11日目の集落の表 面中央部は、 明るい灰黄色を呈し、 その外側は極めて薄い黄色を呈する。 また、 所々白色を呈する。集落の裏面中央部は、 くすんだ黄色を呈し、 その外側は薄い 黄色を呈する。 When cultured at 25 ° C on potato pour sugar agar, the diameter of the colonies reaches 38 to 40 mm on day 7 of culture and 46 to 48 mm on day 11 of culture. On the 11th day of culture, the center of the surface of the colony is light grayish yellow, and the outside is very pale yellow. It is white in some places. The center of the back of the settlement has a dull yellow color, and the outside has a pale yellow color.
本菌の生育温度範囲は 11.5〜34°Cで、 28.5°C付近で最も良好に生育する。生育 pH 範囲は 3.5〜11.5で、 pH7.5前後で最も良好に生育する。 The growth temperature range of this fungus is 11.5-34 ° C, and it grows best around 28.5 ° C. The growth pH ranges from 3.5 to 11.5 and grows best around pH 7.5.
2 . 光学顕微鏡観察 2. Light microscopy observation
麦芽エキス寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで 7日間培養したときの本菌の光学顕微鏡に よる観察結果は以下の通りである。 The following shows the results of observation of this bacterium with a light microscope when cultured on a malt extract agar medium at 25 ° C for 7 days.
菌糸ば、 隔壁を有し、 幅 1.0〜3.0〃m、 平滑、 無色で、 よく分岐する。分生子柄 は、 隔壁を持たず、 幅 3.5〜5.0 m、 長さ 420〜700^ιη、 平滑、 無色で、 分岐しな い。 分生子柄の先端は丸く膨らみ、 頂のうを形成する。 その直径は、 12.5〜25.0 Zmであり、 全面にメトレが形成され、 メトレの長さは 5.5〜8.0〃mである。 メト レの先に細いトツクリ形のフィアライド (分生子形成細胞) が複生し、 その長さ は、 3.5〜6.0〃mである。 その先にフィアラィドから分生子が内生出芽型、 フィァ 口型に形成され連鎖する。 このフィァ口型分生子は、 単細胞、 薄黄緑、 球形〜亜 球形を呈し、 その表面は平滑で、 直径 1.5〜3.0 mである。 本菌株では、 上述した アナモルフのみ観察され、 テレオモルフは観察されない。 Hyphae have partitions, 1.0-3.0 m wide, smooth, colorless, and well-branched. The conidiophore has no bulkhead, 3.5-5.0 m wide, 420-700 ^ ιη, smooth, colorless and does not branch. The tip of the conidiophore bulges round and forms a cap. Its diameter is 12. 5 25.0 Zm, the entire surface metulae are formed, the length of metulae is 5.5~8.0〃M. At the tip of the metre, a thin, thick-eared phialide (conidia-forming cell) is formed, Is 3.5 to 6.0 m. Before that, conidium is formed from fiaraid into endogenous budding type and fibular type and linked. The filamentous conidium is unicellular, pale yellowish green, spherical to subspherical in shape, and its surface is smooth and 1.5 to 3.0 m in diameter. In this strain, only the anamorph described above is observed, and no teleomorph is observed.
また、 本発明化合物を生産するもう 1つの代表菌株 MPC-1009も、 土壌より分 離したものであり、 その菌学的性質は次の通りである。 Further, another representative strain MPC-1009 producing the compound of the present invention was also isolated from the soil, and has the following bacteriological properties.
1 . 肉眼的観察 1. Visual observation
麦芽エキス寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで培養したとき、集落の直径は、培養 4日目 で 18〜25mm、 培養 11日目で 37〜48mmに達する。 培養 11日目の集落の表面中央部 は、 極めて薄い黄色を呈し、 その外側は黄みの白色を呈する。 また、 集落の裏面 は、 明るい灰黄色を呈する。 When cultured on malt extract agar at 25 ° C, the diameter of colonies reaches 18 to 25 mm on day 4 of culture and 37 to 48 mm on day 11 of culture. On the 11th day of culture, the center of the surface of the colony has a very pale yellow color, and the outside has a yellowish white color. In addition, the back of the settlement is light grayish yellow.
バレイショ ·ブドウ糖寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで培養したとき、集落の直径は、 培養 4日目で 17〜18mm、培養 11日目で 27〜31mmに達する。培養 11日目の集落の表 面中央部は、 明るい灰黄色を呈し、 その外側は黄みの白色を呈する。集落の裏面 中央部は、 明るい灰黄色を呈し、 その外側は極めて薄い黄色を呈する。 When cultured at 25 ° C on potato-glucose agar, the diameter of colonies reaches 17-18 mm on the fourth day of culture and 27-31 mm on the 11th day of culture. The center of the colony on the 11th day of culture has a bright gray-yellow surface and a yellowish white outside. The center of the back of the settlement has a light grayish yellow at the center and a very pale yellow outside.
本菌の生育温度範囲は 13.0〜34.5°Cで、 27.5°C付近で最も良好に生育する。生育 pH範囲は 3.5〜11.2で、 pH7.3前後で最も良好に生育する。 The growth temperature range of this fungus is 13.0-34.5 ° C, and it grows best around 27.5 ° C. Growth The pH ranges from 3.5 to 11.2 and grows best around pH 7.3.
2 . 光学顕微鏡観察 2. Light microscopy observation
麦芽エキス寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで 2週間培養したときの本菌の光学顕微鏡に よる観察結果は以下の通りである。 The following shows the observation results of this bacterium with an optical microscope when cultured at 25 ° C for 2 weeks on a malt extract agar medium.
菌糸は、 隔壁を有し、 幅 1.5〜2.5 m、 平滑、 無色で、 よく分岐する。 分生子柄 は、 隔壁を持たず、 幅 3.0〜5.0 /m、 長さ 300〜350〃m、 平滑、 無色で、 分岐しな い。 分生子柄の先端は丸く膨らみ、 頂のうを形成する。 その直径は、 15.0〜: 17.5 mでありその全面に細いトツクリ形のフィアライド (分生子形成細胞) が複生 する。 フィアラィドの長さは、 10.0〜11.5 /mである。 メトレは形成されず、 分生 子は、 フィアライドから内生出芽型、 フィァ口型に形成され連鎖する。 このフィ ァロ型分生子は、 単細胞、 薄緑、 球形〜亜球形を呈し、 その表面は平滑で、 直径 2.0〜3.0〃mである。本菌株では、 上述したアナモルフのみ観察され、 テレオモル フは観察されない。 Hyphae have septum, width of 1.5-2.5 m, smooth, colorless and well-branched. The conidiophore has no partition, 3.0-5.0 / m wide, 300-350〃m long, smooth, colorless, and does not branch. The tip of the conidiophore bulges round and forms a cap. Its diameter is from 15.0 to 17.5 m, and thin, thick-eared phialides (conidiogenesis cells) are formed on the entire surface. The length of the phiaride is 10.0-11.5 / m. No metres are formed, and the conidia are formed from phialides in an endogenous budding type and a phial type and linked. This Firo-type conidium is unicellular, light green, spherical or subspherical in shape, its surface is smooth, and its diameter is 2.0 to 3.0 m. In this strain, only the anamorph described above is observed, and teleomorph is not observed.
以上の菌学的性質から、 本菌の分類学的位置をザ ·ジエネラ ·ォブ 'ファンジ ャィ 'スポルレイティング 'イン 'ピュア'カルチヤ一、第 2版(The Genera of Fungi Sporulating in Pure Culture, 2nd ed., Cramer, Vanduz, J. A. von Arx, 197奔) に従つて 検索した結果、 太菌はいずれ Φ)糸状不 全菌ァスペルギルス スぺシ一ズ (Aspergillus sp. ) に属することが明らかとなった。 本発明者らは、 これらの菌株 をそれそれ 「ァスペルギルス スぺシ一ズ MPC1006 (Aspergillus sp. MPC1006) 」 および「ァスペルギルス スぺシーズ MPC1009 (Aspergillus sp. MPC1009) 」 と命 名し、 それそれ受託番号 FERM BP-7899号(原寄託日:平成 14年 2月 18日)および FERM BP-7900号 (原寄託日:平成 14年 2月 18日) として、 独立行政法人産業技術 総合研究所特許生物寄託セン夕ー (日本国茨城県つくば巿東 1丁目 1番地 1 中 央第 6 ) に寄託した。 Based on the above mycological properties, the taxonomic position of the bacterium was determined by The Genera of Fungi Sporulating in Pure Culture, 2nd ed. 2nd ed., Cramer, Vanduz, JA von Arx, 197)), and it was revealed that the thick bacilli eventually belonged to Φ) a filamentous infectious bacterium, Aspergillus sp. Was. The present inventors have named these strains as “Aspergillus sp. MPC1006” and “Aspergillus sp. Deposited as FERM BP-7899 (Original deposit date: February 18, 2002) and FERM BP-7900 (Original deposit date: February 18, 2002) Deposited at Sen-Yu (Tsukuba-Higashi 1-chome 1-1 Central 6th, Ibaraki, Japan).
また、 本発明化合物を生産するもう 1つの代表菌株 MPC1005も土壌より分離し たものであり、 その菌学的性質は次の通りである。 In addition, another representative strain MPC1005 producing the compound of the present invention was also isolated from soil, and its bacteriological properties are as follows.
1 . 肉眼的観察 1. Visual observation
麦芽エキス寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで培養したとき、集落の直径は、培養 7日目 で 36〜39mm、 培養 11日目で 73〜76mmに達する。 培養 11日目の集落の表面中央部 は、 白色を呈し、 その外側は黄みの白色を呈する。 また、 集落の裏面中央部は、 うすい黄色、 その外側は極薄い黄色を呈する。 When cultured at 25 ° C on malt extract agar medium, colonies reach a diameter of 36 to 39 mm on day 7 of culture and 73 to 76 mm on day 11 of culture. On the eleventh day of culture, the center of the surface of the colony is white, and the outside is yellowish white. The center of the back of the settlement is pale yellow, and the outside is very pale yellow.
バレイショ ·ブドゥ糖寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで培養したとき、集落の直径は、 培養 7日目で 50〜55mm、培養 11日目で 75~78mmに達する。培養 11日目の集落の表 面中央部は、黄みの白色を呈し、その外側は白色を呈する。集落の裏面中央部は、 くすんだ赤みの黄色、 その外側は極薄い黄色を呈する。 When cultured at 25 ° C on potato-budu sugar agar medium, the diameter of colonies reaches 50-55 mm on the 7th day of culture and 75-78 mm on the 11th day of culture. The center of the surface of the colony on day 11 of culture has a yellowish white color, and the outside has a white color. The center of the back of the settlement has a dull reddish yellow color, and the outside has a very pale yellow color.
本菌の生育温度範囲は 13.3〜38.6°Cで、 33.0°C付近で最も良好に生育する。生育 pH範囲は 3.7〜9.4で、 pH7.2前後で最も良好に生育する。 The growth temperature range of this fungus is 13.3-38.6 ° C, and it grows best around 33.0 ° C. Growth The pH ranges from 3.7 to 9.4 and grows best around pH 7.2.
2 . 光学顕微鏡観察 麦芽エキス寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで 4日間培養したときの本菌の光学顕微鏡に よる観察結果は以下の通りである。 2. Light microscopy observation The following shows the results of observation of this bacterium with a light microscope when cultured on a malt extract agar medium at 25 ° C for 4 days.
菌糸は、 隔壁を有し、 幅 0.5〜3.0 m、 平滑、 無色で、 時に有色を呈し、 よく分 岐する。 Hyphae have septum, width 0.5-3.0 m, smooth, colorless, sometimes colored and well-branched.
上記 記載の両寒天培地を用いて、 25°Cで 2ヶ月以上培養したが、 その培養世 代において、 アナモルフもテレオモルフも観察されなかった。 Using both agar media described above, the cells were cultured at 25 ° C for 2 months or more. In this generation, neither anamorph nor teleomorph was observed.
3 . その他の' I'生質 3. Other 'I' substrate
本菌の 18Sリボソ一マル DNA ( 18S rDNA) の部分塩基配列 (1228bp)は配列番号 1で表される塩基配列を有していた。 The partial nucleotide sequence (1228 bp) of the 18S ribosomal DNA (18S rDNA) of this bacterium had the nucleotide sequence represented by SEQ ID NO: 1.
上記塩基配列と、 既知の菌類の 18SrRNA、 もしくは 18SrDNA配列を用いて、 近 隣結合法により分子系統解析 [プログラム名: CLUSTAI W、 日本微生物生態学会 報、 10卷、 119頁 (1995年) ] を行った結果、 本菌は菌類界子嚢菌門核菌類 (Pyrenomycetes)に属し、核菌類の中においてはクロサイワイタケ日 {Xylariales) 近縁であった。 Using the above base sequence and the 18SrRNA or 18SrDNA sequence of a known fungus, molecular phylogenetic analysis was performed by the neighbor-joining method [Program name: CLUSTAI W, Bulletin of the Japanese Society for Microbial Ecology, Vol. 10, p. 119 (1995)]. As a result, the bacterium belonged to the fungus Pyronomycetes and was closely related to the cyst fungus (Xylariales).
以上の結果より、本発明者らは本菌を「クロサイワイタケ日糸状蘭類 MPC1005 {Xylariales filamentous fungus MPC1005) 」 と命名し、 受託番号 FERM BP-7980号 (原寄託日:平成 14年 3月 26日) として、独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所特許生 物寄託セン夕ー (日本国茨城県つくば巿東 1丁目 1番地 1 中央第 6 ) に寄託し Based on the above results, the present inventors named this bacterium “Black-spotted mushroom, Nippon-yaki orchid MPC1005 (Xylariales filamentous fungus MPC1005)”, and received the accession number FERM BP-7980 (Original deposit date: March 2002) 26th) Deposited at the National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology (AIST) Patent Depositary Center (1-1 Tsukuba East, Ibaraki Prefecture, Japan, 1 Chuo No. 6)
7し o 7 o
さらに、 化合物 (I) 、 (II)、 (Ilia) 、 (Illb) 、 (Va) 、 (Vb) , (VI) お よび原料化合物における各官能基の変換および置換基に含まれる官能基の変換は、 上記工程以外にも有機合成化学で一般に用いられる酸化、 還元、 加水分角军、 公知 の他の方法 [例えば、 コンプリヘンシブ'オーガニック · トランスフォーメ一シ 3ンズ第二版 (Comprehensive Organic Transformations, second edition; 、 ラ ロック (R. C. Larock) 著、 ジョン 'ワイリー 'アンド 'サンズ ·インコーポレ ィテッド (John Wiley & Sons Inc. ) (1999年) に記載の方法等]等によっても 行うことができる。 また、 必要に応じて反応工程の順序を変えることもできる。 上記各製造法における中間体および目的化合物は、 有機合成化学で常用される 分離精製法、 例えば、 濾過、 抽出、 洗浄、 乾燥、 濃縮、 再結晶、 各種クロマトグ ラフィ一等に付して単離精製することができる。 また、 中間体においては特に精 製することなく次の反応に供することも可能である。 Furthermore, conversion of each functional group in compounds (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb), (VI) and the starting compound, and conversion of functional groups contained in the substituents In addition to the above-mentioned steps, other methods known in general in synthetic organic chemistry, such as oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, and other known methods [for example, Comprehensive Organic Transformation 3rd Edition (Comprehensive Organic Transformations 3rd Edition) RC Larock, John Wiley & Sons Inc. (1999), etc.], and the like. However, the order of the reaction steps can be changed if necessary. The intermediates and target compounds in each of the above production methods are isolated and purified by separation and purification methods commonly used in organic synthetic chemistry, for example, filtration, extraction, washing, drying, concentration, recrystallization, various chromatographies, etc. can do. In addition, the intermediate can be subjected to the next reaction without particular purification.
化合物 (I)、 (II)、 (Ilia)、 (Illb)、 (Va)、 (Vb) または (VI) の中に は、 幾何異性体、 光学異性体等の立体異性体が存在し得るものもあるが、 これら を含め、 全ての可能な異性体およびそれらの混合物もこれらの化合物に包含され 本発明で使用される非ペプチド性ィ匕合物、化合物(1)、 (11)、 (Ilia) , (IIIb)、 (Va)、 (Vb) または (VI) の塩を取得したいとき、 本発明で使用される非ぺプ チド性化合物、 化合物 (I)、 (Π)、 (Ilia)、 (Illb)、 (Va)、 (Vb) または (VI) が塩の形で得られるときはそのまま精製すればよく、 また遊離の形で得ら れるときは、本発明で使用される非ペプチド性化合物、化合物(1)、 (11)、 (Ilia) , Compound (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) may have stereoisomers such as geometric isomers and optical isomers However, all the possible isomers and mixtures thereof, including these, are also included in these compounds, and the non-peptidic conjugates used in the present invention, compounds (1), (11), (Ilia ), (IIIb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI), the non-peptidic compound used in the present invention, compound (I), (本), (Ilia), When (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) is obtained in the form of a salt, it may be purified as it is, and when it is obtained in the free form, the non-peptide compound used in the present invention may be used. Compound, compound (1), (11), (Ilia),
(Illb)、 (Va) 、 (Vb) または (VI) を適当な溶媒に溶解または懸濁し、 酸ま たは塩基を加えて単離、 精製すればよい。 (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) may be dissolved or suspended in an appropriate solvent, and then isolated or purified by adding an acid or a base.
また、本発明で使用される非べプチド性化合物、化合物(I)、 (II)、 (Ilia)、 (Illb)、 (Va)、 (Vb) または(VI)ならびにその薬理学的に許容される塩は、 水または各種溶媒との付加物の形で存在することもあるが、 これらの付加物も上 記ィ匕合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩に包含される。 In addition, the non-peptide compound used in the present invention, compound (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) and its pharmacologically acceptable The salt may be present in the form of an adduct with water or various solvents, and these adducts are also included in the above-mentioned conjugate or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
本発明によって得られる化合物の具体例を、化合物 (Va)、 (Vb) または(VI) として第 1〜 3表に示す。 Specific examples of the compound obtained by the present invention are shown in Tables 1 to 3 as compound (Va), (Vb) or (VI).
第 1表 Table 1
第 2表 化合物 (Va) Table 2 Compound (Va)
化合物 16 化合物 17 第 3表 化合物 (Vb) Compound 16 Compound 17 Table 3 Compounds (Vb)
本発明では上記第 1〜 3表にあげた化合物も使用されるが、 それらの他に本発 明で使用される化合物の具体例を、 化合物 (I) 、 (Π) 、 (Ilia) または (Illb) として第 4〜 7表に示す。 In the present invention, the compounds shown in the above Tables 1 to 3 are also used, and specific examples of the compounds used in the present invention include compounds (I), (Π), (Ilia) and (Ilia). Illb) is shown in Tables 4-7.
化合物 R1, R3a R5f, R5h R5g Compound R 1 , R 3a R 5f , R 5h R 5g
1 1
- OH H =0 -CHO -OH H = 0 -CHO
(UCS15A) (UCS15A)
5 - OH H =0 - GH=NNHGH3 第 5表 5-OH H = 0-GH = NNHGH 3 Table 5
化合物 R12a Compound R 12a
12 (Me「WF1726) -OCH3 12 (Me `` WF1726) -OCH 3
13 (Cytochalasin E) H 13 (Cytochalasin E) H
第 7表 化合物 (Illb) Table 7 Compounds (Illb)
次に、 代表的な化合物 (I) 、 (II) 、 (Ilia) 、 (Illb) 、 (Va) 、 (Vb) また は (VI) の薬理作用について試験例により具体的に説明する。 Next, the pharmacological action of the representative compounds (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) will be specifically described with reference to test examples.
試験例 1 : SH3ドメイン結合阻害試験 1 Test example 1: SH3 domain binding inhibition test 1
( 1 ) プロリンリッチ配列を含む蛋白質と化合物の反応 プロリンリツチ配列を有する蛋白質 Sam68にある 5箇所のプロリンリツチ配列 のうち C末端側の 2箇所のプロリンリツチ配列を含むヒト組み換え Sam68 (以下 Sam68ACと記す) [Sam68 (331—433) ;サン夕クルズ(Santa Crutz)社製] 0.25 gを、 0.1%BSA (bovine serum albumiii) [牛血製アルブミン (F-V);ナカラィテ スク社製]を含む低張緩衝液である RSB (lOmmol/Lトリス一塩酸, pH7.6, 10mmol/L NaCl、 1.5mmol/L MgCl2) ImLに加え、 Sam68 Δ C溶液を調製した。 化合物をジメチ ルスルホキシド (DMSO) に溶解し、 10mmol/Lの濃度の DMSO溶液を調製した。 該 DMSO溶液を上記 Sam68 Δ C溶液にそれそれ終濃度が 20および 100 H mol/Lにな るように添加した。 なお、 添加する DMSOの量はどれも同じになるようにした。 化合物を添加した Sam68A C溶液を、回転培養機でゆるやかに回転させながら 37°C で 6時間保温して、 化合物を (1) Reaction of a protein containing a proline-rich sequence with a compound Human recombinant Sam68 (hereinafter referred to as Sam68AC) containing two proline-rich sequences at the C-terminal side of the five proline-rich sequences in the protein Sam68 having a proline-rich sequence [Sam68 (331-433); RSB (10 mmol / L Tris monohydrochloride, pH7) containing 0.25 g of 0.1% BSA (bovine serum albumiii) [bovine blood albumin (FV); Nacalai Tesque, Inc.] .6, 10 mmol / L NaCl, 1.5 mmol / L MgCl 2 ) In addition to ImL, a Sam68 ΔC solution was prepared. The compound was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) to prepare a 10 mmol / L DMSO solution. The DMSO solution was added to the above Sam68ΔC solution such that the final concentrations were 20 and 100 Hmol / L, respectively. The amount of DMSO added was the same. The Sam68A C solution containing the compound was incubated at 37 ° C for 6 hours while gently rotating in a rotary incubator to remove the compound.
Sam68△ Cに反応させた。 Reacted with Sam68 △ C.
( 2 ) SH3ドメインを含む蛋白質と化合物添加後のプロリンリツチ配列を含む 蛋白質との反応 (2) Reaction of protein containing SH3 domain with protein containing proline-rich sequence after compound addition
上記 (1 ) で化合物を反応させた Sam68AC溶液に、 SH3ドメインを有する蛋白 質 Fynのマウス組み換え SH3ドメインをァガロースビーズに結合させた Fyn— SH3 蛋白質—ァガロースビーズ(以下 Fyn— SH3ビーズと記す) [Fyn (85— 139) AC; サン夕クルス' (Santa Crutz) 社製] 5〃Lを加えた。化合物反応後の Sam68 Δ Cと、 SH3ドメインを含む Fyn— SH3ビーズの蛋白質一蛋白質結合反応は、 回転培養機で ゆるやかに回転させながら 4°Cで 16時間保温して行った。反応後の Sam68△ Cと Fyn -SH3ビーズの複合体を 4°C、 50ppmで 3分間回転遠心機により沈澱させたのちに、 界面活性剤を含む TritonX/Np40抽出緩衝液 [50mmol/Lトリス一塩酸 pH7.4、 150mmol/L NaCl lmmol/Lエチレンジァミン四酢酸塩(EDTA)、 1% トリトン X-100 (TritonX-100)、 0.5%ノニデヅト P-40 (NP-40) ] ImLを加えて 4°Cで 10分間回転 培養機でゆるやかに回転後、 同様に沈澱させ洗浄することを 2回行った。洗浄後の Sam68ACと Fyn— SH3ビーズの複合体に 30 Lのレムリのサンプルバッファー [夕 ンパク質の化学 I—分離精製、 東京化学同人、 211頁 (1976年)参照] を添加し、 よく混合させた後、 100°Cで 10分間加熱した。 回転遠心機により 25°Cで lOOOppmで 5分間ビーズを沈澱後、 上清を 10%ポリアクリドアミドゲル電気泳動に供した。 Fyn-SH3 protein-agarose beads (hereinafter referred to as Fyn-SH3 beads) in which the mouse recombinant SH3 domain of protein SH3 having SH3 domain is bound to agarose beads are added to the Sam68AC solution reacted with the compound in (1) above. 85-139) AC; manufactured by Santa Crutz ']. The protein-protein binding reaction between Sam68ΔC after the compound reaction and Fyn-SH3 beads containing the SH3 domain was carried out at 4 ° C for 16 hours while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine. After the reaction, the complex of Sam68 △ C and Fyn-SH3 beads was precipitated by a rotary centrifuge at 4 ° C and 50 ppm for 3 minutes, and then a TritonX / Np40 extraction buffer solution containing a surfactant [50 mmol / L Tris-1 Hydrochloric acid pH 7.4, 150 mmol / L NaCl lmmol / L ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA), 1% Triton X-100 (TritonX-100), 0.5% nonidet P-40 (NP-40)] Add ImL and add 4 ° Rotation at C for 10 minutes After gentle rotation in the incubator, the same precipitation and washing was performed twice. To the complex of Sam68AC and Fyn-SH3 beads after washing, add 30 L of Laemmli sample buffer [see Chemical Chemistry of Protein I-Separation and Purification, Tokyo Chemical Dojin, p. 211 (1976)]. After mixing well, the mixture was heated at 100 ° C for 10 minutes. After precipitating the beads at 100 ppm in a rotary centrifuge at 25 ° C for 5 minutes, the supernatant was subjected to 10% polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
( 3 ) ウエスタンプロットによる Fyn— SH3に結合した Sam68ACの検出 以下のようにしてウエスタンブロヅトにより上清中の Sam68A Cを検出した。ま ず、上記( 2 )の電気泳動後のゲルを孔径 0.45〃mの二トロセルロース膜 [プロト ラン (Protran) ; シユライシヤー,アンド · シュエ レ (Schleicher and Schuel0 社 製] にプロヅ トした。 膜に 0.25%ゼラチンと 0.2%Tween-20を含むリン酸緩衝液 (PBS) (以下、 PBS-TGとよぶ) をのせて 4°Cで一晩置いて非特異的結合をプロ ヅクした後、 PBS-TGで 1 : 1000に希釈したホース ·ラディヅシュ ·パーォキシダ —ゼ(HRP)結合マゥス抗 GST抗体 [GST (B-14) HRP;サン夕'クルズ(Santa Crutz) 社製] を 2時間反応させた。 0.2%TWeen-20を含む PBS (以下 PBS-Tとよぶ) で洗 浄した後、 検出は ECL試薬 (アマシャム ·フアルマシア 'バイオテク社製) を用 いた化学発光により行った。 (3) Detection of Sam68AC bound to Fyn-SH3 by Western plot Sam68A C in the supernatant was detected by Western blot as follows. First, the gel after electrophoresis in the above (2) was plotted on a nitrocellulose membrane (Protran; Schleicher and Schuel 0) having a pore size of 0.45 μm. Place on phosphate buffer (PBS) containing 0.25% gelatin and 0.2% Tween-20 (hereinafter, referred to as PBS-TG) and place at 4 ° C overnight to block non-specific binding. Hose-radish peroxidase (HRP) -conjugated mouse anti-GST antibody [GST (B-14) HRP; manufactured by Santa Crutz] diluted 1: 1000 with TG was reacted for 2 hours. after washing with PBS (hereinafter referred to as PBS-T) containing 0.2% T W een-20, detection was carried out by chemiluminescence had use ECL reagent (Amersham Pharmacia 'Biotech).
その結果、 第 1〜3図に示すように、 例えば化合物 (I)、 (11) 、 (Ilia) また は (VI) により、 濃度依存的に上清中の Fyn—SH3ビーズに結合した Sam68A Cの 量が減少していることが確認された。 As a result, as shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, Sam68A C bound to Fyn-SH3 beads in the supernatant in a concentration-dependent manner by, for example, compound (I), (11), (Ilia) or (VI). It has been confirmed that the amount of phenol has decreased.
試験例 2 : SH3ドメイン結合阻害試験 2 Test Example 2: SH3 domain binding inhibition test 2
( 1 ) 細胞抽出液の調製 (1) Preparation of cell extract
ヒト大腸癌由来細胞株 HCT116 (ATCC番号 CCL-247) を、 10%ゥ,シ胎児血清を 含むマコィ変法培地 [McCoy's 5A modified medium;ギブコ (GIBCO)社製] を用 いて、 37°C;、 5%C02条件下の CC Tンキュベ一夕一で細胞培養用 100mm径ディヅシ ュで培養した。ついで 2日目の HCT116細胞ディッシュ 2枚分に対し、化合物 1をそ れそれ終濃度が 0.5、 1、 2、 2.5、 5、 10、 20、 および 30〃mol/Lになるように添加し た。 なお、 添加する化合物 1はあらかじめ DMSOで希釈し、 添加する DMSOの量 はどれも同じになるようにした。 化合物 1を添加した HCT116細胞デイツシュを、 37°C!、 5%C02条件下の C02インキュべ一夕一で 2時間保温して、 化合物を作用さ せた。 化合物 1を反応させた HCT116細胞ディッシュ 2枚分を培地ごと回収し、 界面活 え、 よく混合させた後、 回転培養機 でゆるやかに回転させながら 4°Cで 45分間攪拌して、 細胞質内蛋白質を抽出した。 この細胞抽出液を 4°C、 15,000rpmで 30分間遠心し、 上清を回収した。 Human colon cancer-derived cell line HCT116 (ATCC No. CCL-247) was used at 37 ° C. using a modified McCoy's medium [McCoy's 5A modified medium; Gibco (GIBCO)] containing 10% ゥ, fetal serum. in 5% C0 2 under the conditions of CC T Nkyube Isseki one were cultured in 100mm diameter Didzushi Interview for cell culture. Then, compound 1 was added to two dishes of HCT116 cells on the second day so that the final concentrations were 0.5, 1, 2, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, and 30 mol / L, respectively. . Compound 1 to be added was previously diluted with DMSO so that the amount of DMSO added was the same. HCT116 cell tissue with Compound 1 was added at 37 ° C! , And incubated 5% C0 2 under the conditions of the C0 2 incubator base Isseki one 2 hours, allowed to act compound. Collect two dishes of HCT116 cells with compound 1 and react with the medium. After mixing well, the mixture was stirred at 4 ° C for 45 minutes while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine to extract cytoplasmic proteins. The cell extract was centrifuged at 15,000 rpm at 4 ° C for 30 minutes, and the supernatant was collected.
( 2 ) SH3ドメイン結合蛋白質複合体の抗体による免疫沈降 (2) Immunoprecipitation of SH3 domain-binding protein complex with antibodies
上記(1 )で得られた化合物添加後の細胞抽出液に、 それそれ抗 Src抗体 [サン 夕クルズ (Santa Crutz)社製] 3〃g、 抗 PLCァ抗体 [サン夕クルズ (Santa Crutz) 社製] 3〃g、抗 Grb2抗体 [サン夕クルズ(5& & 1^)社製] 3 ^、または抗 Cortactin 抗体 [サン夕クルズ (Santa Cmtz) 社製] 3〃gを加え、 回転培養機でゆるやかに 回転させながら 4°Cで 16時間反応させた。抗体反応後の各 SH3ドメイン結合蛋白質 複合体にプロティン A/G結合ァガロースビーズ 30 を加え、 回転培養機でゆる やかに回転させながら 4°Cで 1時間反応させた。 反応後の SH3ドメイン結合蛋白質 複合体を 4°C、 50ppmで 3分間回転遠心機により沈澱させた後、 界面活性剤を含む TritonX/Np40抽出緩衝液 lmLを加えて 4°Cで 10分間回転培養機でゆるやかに回転 後、 同様に沈澱させ洗浄することを 3回行った。洗浄後の SH3ドメイン結合蛋白質 ビーズ複合体それそれに 30〃 Lのレムリのサンプルバッファー [タンパク質の化学 I—分離精製、 東京化学同人、 211頁 (1976年)参照] を添加し、 よく混合させた 後、 10CTCで 10分間加熱した。 回転遠心機により 25° lOOOppmで 5分間ビーズを 沈澱させた後、 上清をそれそれ 7.5%ポリアクリドアミドゲル電気泳動に供した。 The cell extract obtained after the addition of the compound obtained in the above (1) was added with 3 g of anti-Src antibody [manufactured by Santa Crutz] and anti-PLC antibody [Santa Crutz] 3〃g, anti-Grb2 antibody [from Sanyo Cruz (5 && 1 ^)] 3 ^, or anti-Cortactin antibody [from Sanyo Cruz (Santa Cmtz)] 3〃g The reaction was carried out at 4 ° C for 16 hours with gentle rotation. Protein A / G-conjugated agarose beads 30 were added to each SH3 domain-binding protein complex after the antibody reaction, and reacted at 4 ° C for 1 hour while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine. After the reaction, precipitate the SH3 domain-binding protein complex with a rotary centrifuge at 4 ° C, 50 ppm for 3 minutes, add lmL of TritonX / Np40 extraction buffer containing detergent, and spin culture at 4 ° C for 10 minutes. After gentle rotation on the machine, precipitation and washing were performed three times in the same manner. After washing, add the SH3 domain-binding protein bead complex and 30 µL of Laemmli sample buffer [Protein Chemistry I-Separation and Purification, Tokyo Kagaku Dojin, p. 211 (1976)], and mix well. Heated at 10 CTC for 10 minutes. After precipitating the beads for 5 minutes at 25 ° OOOOppm in a rotary centrifuge, the supernatants were each subjected to 7.5% polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
( 3 ) ウエスタンプロットによる SH3ドメインを含む蛋白質に結合したプロリ ンリツチ配列を含む蛋白質の検出 (3) Detection of protein containing prolinrich sequence bound to protein containing SH3 domain by Western plot
以下のようにしてウエスタンプロヅトにより、 上記上清中の各 SH3ドメイン結 合蛋白質複合体におけるプロリンリッチ配列を含む蛋白質を検出した。 まず、 上 記(2 )の電気泳動後のゲル中の蛋白質を 0.45〃mのニトロセルロース膜 [プロト ラン (Protran) ;シユライシヤー -アンド ·シユエル (Schleicher and SchuelO社 製] にプロット後、 膜に PBS-TGをのせて非特異的結合をプロヅクした。 Sam68の 検出にはゥサギ抗 Sam68抗体、 Sosの検出にはゥサギ抗 Sosl抗体, Z01の検出には ゥサギ抗 ZOl抗体を PBS-TGで 1: 1000に希釈して 2時間反応させた。 PBS-Tで洗浄 した後、 PBS-TGで 1: 4000に希釈した HRP結合抗ゥサギ抗体 [アマシャム (Amersham)社製]を 1時間反応させた。 PBS-Tで洗浄した後、検出は ECL試薬(ァ マシャム ·フアルマシア ·バイオテク社製) を用いた化学発光により行った。 その結果、 第 4〜 7図に示すように、 SH3ドメインを含む蛋白質に結合したプ 口リンリツチ配列を含む蛋白質、 すなわち図 4では Srcに結合した Sam68の量、 図 5では PLCァに結合した Sam68および Grb2に結合した Sam68の量、図 6では Grb2に 結合した Soslの量、図 Ίでは Cortactinに結合した Z01の量が化合物の添カ卩によって、 濃度依存的に減少していることが確認された。 A protein containing a proline-rich sequence in each SH3 domain-binding protein complex in the supernatant was detected by Western blotting as follows. First, the protein in the gel after the electrophoresis described in (2) above was plotted on a 0.45 µm nitrocellulose membrane [Protran; Produced by Schleicher and SchuelO], and PBS was applied to the membrane. Non-specific binding was blocked by loading -TG. Eg anti-Sam68 antibody for detection of Sam68, Eg anti-Sosl antibody for detection of Sos, and detection of Z01 for Z01. ゥ A heron anti-ZOl antibody was diluted 1: 1000 with PBS-TG and reacted for 2 hours. After washing with PBS-T, an HRP-conjugated anti-Egret antibody (Amersham) diluted 1: 4000 with PBS-TG was reacted for 1 hour. After washing with PBS-T, detection was performed by chemiluminescence using an ECL reagent (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). As a result, as shown in FIGS. 4 to 7, as shown in FIG. 4, the amount of Sam68 bound to the Src, and the amount of Sam68 bound to the PLC in FIG. In Figure 6, the amount of Sam68 bound to Grb2, the amount of Sosl bound to Grb2 in Figure 6, and the amount of Z01 bound to Cortactin in Figure こ と が were confirmed to be reduced in a concentration-dependent manner by the addition of compound. Was.
試験例 3 : SH3ドメイン結合阻害試験 3 Test Example 3: SH3 domain binding inhibition test 3
( 1 ) プロリンリツチ配列を含む蛋白質 Nefおよび SH3ドメインを有する蛋白質 Lynと化合物の反応 (1) Reaction of protein Nyn containing proline-rich sequence and protein Lyn with SH3 domain with compounds
プロリンリヅチ配列を有する HIV-1由来組み換え Nef [Nef (3— 190) ;コルテッ クス (CORTEX) 社製] 0.3〃 gおよびゥシ由来精製 Lyn [Lyn ;アップスティトバ ィォテクノロジ一 (Upstate Biotechnology)社製] 1 Zgを、 0,1%BSA (bovine serum albumin) を含む低張緩衝液である RSB (10mmol/Lトリス—塩酸 pH7.6、 10mmol/L NaCi .5mmol/L MgCl2) lmLに加え、 Nefおよび Lynの混合溶液を調製した。化合物 を DMSOに溶解し、 10mmol/Lの濃度の DMSO溶液を調製した。 該 DMSO溶液を上 記 Nefおよび Lynの混合溶液にそれそれ終濃度が 1、 2、 5および 10〃mol/Lになるよ うに添加した。 なお、 添加する化合物はあらかじめ DMSOで希釈し、 添加する DMSOの量はどれも同じになるようにした。 化合物を添加した Nefおよび Lynの混 合溶液を、回転培養機でゆるやかに回転させながら 4°Cで 16時間攪拌して、化合物 を Nefおよび Lyn蛋白質に反応させた。 Recombinant Nef derived from HIV-1 having a proline-rich sequence [Nef (3-190); manufactured by Cortex Corporation] 0.3 μg and purified Lyn derived from sea bream [Lyn; manufactured by Upstate Biotechnology] 1 Zg was added to 1 mL of RSB (10 mmol / L Tris-HCl pH7.6, 10 mmol / L NaCi .5 mmol / L MgCl 2 ), a hypotonic buffer containing 0.1% BSA (bovine serum albumin), and Nef And a mixed solution of Lyn was prepared. The compound was dissolved in DMSO to prepare a DMSO solution having a concentration of 10 mmol / L. The DMSO solution was added to the above-mentioned mixed solution of Nef and Lyn such that the final concentrations were 1, 2, 5, and 10 mol / L, respectively. The compound to be added was diluted in advance with DMSO so that the amount of DMSO added was the same. The mixed solution of Nef and Lyn to which the compound had been added was stirred at 4 ° C for 16 hours while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine to react the compound with Nef and Lyn proteins.
( 2 ) SH3ドメイン結合蛋白質複合体の抗体による免疫沈降 (2) Immunoprecipitation of SH3 domain-binding protein complex with antibodies
上記(1 )で得られた化合物添カ卩後の Nefおよび Lynの混合溶液に抗 Lyni¾体 [サ ン夕クルズ (Santa Cmtz) 社製] l〃gを加え、 回転培養機でゆるやかに回転させ ながら 4°Cで 16時間反応させた。抗体反応後の Nef/Lvnの SH3ドメイン結合蛋白質 複合体にプロティン A/G結合ァガロースビーズ 10〃Lを加え、 回転培養機でゆる やかに回転させながら 4°Cで 1時間反応させた。 反応後の SH3ドメイン結合蛋白質 複合体を 4°C、 35ppmで 3分間回転遠心機により沈澱させた後、 界面活性剤を含む TritonX/NP40抽出緩衝液 ImLを加えて 4°Cで 10分間回転培養機でゆるやかに回転 後、 同様に沈澱させ洗浄することを 3回行った。洗浄後の Nef_ Lynの SH3ドメイン 結合蛋白質ビーズ複合体にそれそれ 30 Lのレムリのサンプルバッファ一 [夕ンパ ク質の化学 I—分離精製、 東京化学同人、 211頁 (1976年)参照] を添加し、 よく 混合させた後、 100°Cで 5分間加熱した。 回転遠心機により 25°C;、 lOOOrpmで 5分間 ビーズを沈澱させた後、 上清を 7%ポリアクリルアミドゲル電気泳動に供した。 To the mixed solution of Nef and Lyn obtained after adding the compound obtained in the above (1), add l〃g of anti-Lynibody [manufactured by Santa Cmtz] and gently rotate in a rotary culture machine. The reaction was continued at 4 ° C for 16 hours. SH3 domain binding protein of Nef / Lvn after antibody reaction 10 μL of protein A / G-bound agarose beads was added to the complex, and the mixture was reacted at 4 ° C. for 1 hour while gently rotating in a rotary culture machine. After the reaction, precipitate the SH3 domain-binding protein complex with a rotary centrifuge at 35 ° C for 3 minutes at 4 ° C, add ImL of TritonX / NP40 extraction buffer containing detergent, and spin culture at 4 ° C for 10 minutes. After gentle rotation on the machine, precipitation and washing were performed three times in the same manner. To the Nef_Lyn SH3 domain-binding protein bead complex after washing, add 30 L of Laemmli's sample buffer [Evening protein chemistry I-Separation and purification, Tokyo Chemical Dojin, p. 211 (1976)] After mixing well, the mixture was heated at 100 ° C for 5 minutes. After precipitating the beads at 25 ° C. in a rotary centrifuge at 100 rpm for 5 minutes, the supernatant was subjected to 7% polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
( 3 )ウエスタンプロヅトによる SH3ドメインを含む Lyn蛋白質に結合したプロ リンリツチ配列を含む Nef蛋白質の検出 (3) Detection of Nef protein containing prolinrich sequence bound to Lyn protein containing SH3 domain by Western protocol
以下のようにしてウェスタンブロヅトにより、 上記上清中の Nef/Lynの SH3ド メイン結合蛋白質複合体におけるプロリンリツチ配列を含む Nef蛋白質を検出し た。 まず、 上記(2 )の電気泳動後のゲル中の蛋白質を 0.45〃mのニトロセルロー ス膜 [プロトラン (Protran) ;シユライシャ一'アンド 'シユエル (Schleicher aixi Schuell)社製]にプロヅト後、膜に PBS-TGをのせて非特異的結合をプロヅクした。 Nefの検出は、用いた組み換え Nef蛋白質に ガラクトシダーゼが融合しているた め、 抗 ?ガラクトシダ一ゼ抗体(抗^—gal抗体) を用いて行った。 すなわち、 ゥ サギ抗^ガラクトシダーゼ抗体を PBS-TGで 1: 1000に希釈して 2時間反応させた。 PBS-Tで洗浄した後、 PBS-TGで 1 : 4000に希釈した HRP結合抗ゥサギ抗体 [アマシ ャム (Amersham)社製] を 1時間反応させた。 PBS-Tで洗浄した後、 検出は ECL試 薬 (アマシャム ·フアルマシア■バイオテク社製) を用いた化学発光により行つ た。 The Nef protein containing a proline-rich sequence in the Nef / Lyn SH3 domain-binding protein complex in the above supernatant was detected by Western blotting as follows. First, the protein in the gel after the electrophoresis in the above (2) was plated on a 0.45 µm nitrocellulose membrane [Protran; Produced by Schleicher aixi Schuell], and then applied to the membrane. Non-specific binding was blocked with PBS-TG. Since galactosidase was fused to the recombinant Nef protein used, Nef was detected using an anti-galactosidase antibody (anti-^-gal antibody). That is, a heron anti-galactosidase antibody was diluted 1: 1000 with PBS-TG and reacted for 2 hours. After washing with PBS-T, an HRP-conjugated anti-Egret antibody [manufactured by Amersham] diluted 1: 4000 with PBS-TG was reacted for 1 hour. After washing with PBS-T, detection was performed by chemiluminescence using an ECL reagent (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
その結果、 第 8図に示すように、 SH3ドメインを含む Lyn蛋白質に結合したプロ リンリツチ配列を含む Nef蛋白質の量が、化合物の添カ卩によって濃度依存的に減少 していることが確認された。 As a result, as shown in FIG. 8, it was confirmed that the amount of the Nef protein containing the proline-rich sequence bound to the Lyn protein containing the SH3 domain was reduced in a concentration-dependent manner by the addition of the compound. .
試験例 :化合物の SH3ドメイン結合阻害率の算出 試験例 1の方法に準じてプロットした結果をもとに、 以下のようにして化合物 の SH3ドメイン結合阻害率を算出した。化学発光によりフィルムに現像された Fyn 一 SH3と Sam68A Cのバンド強度をゲルスキャナ一 [東洋紡(TOYOBO)社製] を 用いて測定した。 次に Sam68ACのバンド強度を Fyn— SH3のバンド強度で除し、 Fyn— SH3のバンド強度に対する Sam68A Cのバンド強度を算出した。化合物無添 加の場合の Fyn— SH3のバンド強度に対する Sam68A Cのバンド強度の割合を 100% とし、 化合物添加後の Sam68ACのバンド強度減少の割合を化合物の SH3ドメイン 結合阻害率とした。 その結果を第 8表に示した。 Test example: Calculation of the SH3 domain binding inhibition rate of a compound Based on the results plotted according to the method of Test Example 1, the SH3 domain binding inhibition rate of the compound was calculated as follows. The band intensity of Fyn-1 SH3 and Sam 68 AC developed on the film by chemiluminescence was measured using a gel scanner-1 (manufactured by TOYOBO). Next, the band intensity of Sam68AC was divided by the band intensity of Fyn-SH3 to calculate the band intensity of Sam68AC with respect to the band intensity of Fyn-SH3. The ratio of the band intensity of Sam68AC to the band intensity of Fyn-SH3 when no compound was added was defined as 100%, and the ratio of decrease in the band intensity of Sam68AC after the compound was added was defined as the inhibition ratio of SH3 domain binding of the compound. The results are shown in Table 8.
化合物の SH3ドメイン結合阻害率(%) 試験化合物の濃度( μ mol/L) Compound SH3 domain binding inhibition rate (%) Test compound concentration (μmol / L)
化合物 Compound
0 20 60 100 150 0 20 60 100 150
1 0 0 461 0 0 46
2 0 34 95 2 0 34 95
3 0 75 100 3 0 75 100
4 0 47 85 4 0 47 85
5 0 77 100 5 0 77 100
6 0 28 37 6 0 28 37
フ 0 82 H 0 82
8 0 778 0 77
9 0 909 0 90
10 0 7110 0 71
1 1 0 841 1 0 84
12 0 39 88 12 0 39 88
13 0 0 21 13 0 0 21
14 0 80 14 0 80
15 0 39 15 0 39
16 0 67 78 16 0 67 78
17 0 3617 0 36
18 0 16 6718 0 16 67
19 0 4019 0 40
20 0 92 10020 0 92 100
21 0 64 10021 0 64 100
22 0 91 10022 0 91 100
23 0 8223 0 82
24 0 62 8024 0 62 80
25 0 87 10025 0 87 100
26 0 92 10026 0 92 100
27 0 100 10027 0 100 100
28 0 31 73 以上、 試験例 1〜4により、化合物 (I)、 (II)、 (Ilia)、 (Illb)、 (Va)、 (Vb) および (VI) は、 優れた SH3ドメイン結合阻害作用を示した。 28 0 31 73 As described above, according to Test Examples 1 to 4, Compounds (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) and (VI) exhibited excellent SH3 domain binding inhibitory effects.
試験例 5 : HIV-1増殖抑制試験 Test Example 5: HIV-1 growth suppression test
( 1 ) HIV-1感染および増殖抑制実験 (1) HIV-1 infection and growth suppression experiment
MT2細胞(T細胞株) を 10%牛胎児血清 [ギブコ (GIBCO)社製, No.26140-079] を含む RPMI1640培地 [ギブコ (GIBCO) 社製, No.26140-076] を用いて 2 x 105細 胞 /mLに調整し、 24ゥヱルプレート [24 well plate:コ一ス夕一 (Coster) 社製, No.3526] に各ゥエルあたり lmLずつ分注した。 HIV-1 LAI株 {ゲノム全長を含む DNAクロ一ン pLAI [GenBank accession No.K02013,バイロロジー(Virology)、 185 卷、 661頁 (1991年) ] を、 FuGENE6 Transfection Reagent [口ヅシュ (Roche) 社 製, No.1814443] を用いて Hela ffl胞にトランスフエクト (transfect)後、 2日目の培 養上清を用いた } を、 上記各ゥヱルに最終濃度 500cpm/ iLとなるように接種し、 37°Cで一晚静置した(ウィルスの感染)。ここへ、化合物または PP2 (Alexs¾:製,プ ロティンホスホ夕ーゼ 2 : 4ーァミノ— 5— ( 4—クロ口フエニル) - 7 - (tert 一ブチル) ピラゾ口 [ 3 , 4— d ] ピリミジン, Srcのチ口シンリン酸化の阻害剤: コントロール) をそれそれ終濃度が 1、 5、 10、 25および 50〃mol/Lになるように添 加した(薬剤の添加)。以降、 ウィルスを感染させた後、 3、 5、 7および 9曰目に、 それそれ 50 /Lの培養上清を回収し、 測定まで- 80°Cで保存した。 このとき、 ウイ ルスを感染させ薬剤の添加を行わなかったゥヱルを positive control, ゥィルスの感 染も 剤の添加も行わなかったゥエルを negative controlとした。なお、該試験は同 様の内容で 3回実施した。 MT2 cells (T cell line) were transformed using RPMI1640 medium [Gibco (GIBCO) No. 26140-076] containing 10% fetal bovine serum [GIBCO (No. 26 140-079)]. The volume was adjusted to 10 5 cells / mL, and 1 mL was dispensed per well into a 24-well plate [24 well plate: No.3526, manufactured by Coster Corporation]. The HIV-1 LAI strain {DNA clone pLAI including the entire genome [GenBank accession No. K02013, Virology, 185, 661 (1991)] was obtained from FuGENE6 Transfection Reagent (Roche). , No. 1814443], transfected into Hela ffl cells, and inoculated with the culture supernatant from day 2 to a final concentration of 500 cpm / iL in each of the above cells. The sample was allowed to stand still at ° C (virus infection). Here, compound or PP2 (produced by Alexs¾, manufactured by Protin Phospho-Nose 2: 4-amino-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -7- (tert-butyl) pyrazo [3,4-d] pyrimidine, Src Inhibitors of the phosphorylation of lip synthase (control) were added to give final concentrations of 1, 5, 10, 25 and 50 mol / L (drug addition). Thereafter, after infection with the virus, culture supernatants of 50 / L were collected at 3, 5, 7, and 9, respectively, and stored at -80 ° C until measurement. At this time, the virus which infected the virus and did not add the drug was defined as positive control, and the virus which did not infect the virus and did not add the drug was defined as negative control. The test was performed three times with the same contents.
( 2 ) HIV-1量の測定 (2) Measurement of HIV-1 level
HIV-1の定量は、ジャーナル ·オフ、、 ·バイ口口ジ一 (J. Virol.)、 38卷、 239頁 (1981 年) に記載の方法に若干の改良を加え、 RT assay法 (Reverse Transcriptase assay) により行った。 The quantification of HIV-1 was determined by the RT assay method (Reverse) with a slight modification to the method described in Journal Off, J. Virol., Vol. 38, p. 239 (1981). Transcriptase assay).
上記( 1 )で得られた培養上清 5〃Lに、 RTカクテル {50mmol/Lトリス pH7.5、 50mmol/L EDTAヽ 75mmol/L KC1, 5mmol/L MgC、 5 jLL g/mL Poly (A) [フアルマシア (Pharmacia) No.27-4110-01]、 1.6〃g/mL oligo(dT)12-18 [フアルマシア(Pharmacia) No.27-7858-01]ヽ 5mmol/L DTT (ジチォトレイト一ル)、 0.05% NP-40、 10 /Ci/mL [ひ -32P]dTTP } 25〃Lを添加し、 37°Cで 2時間インキュベーションした。反応後、 そ の反応液 6〃Lを DEAE filtermat [パーキン ·エルマ一 (PerMn Elmer) 社製, No.1450-522] にスポットし、 未反応の [ひ一32 P]dTTPを除去した後、 固形シンチ レ一夕 MeltiLex-A [パ一キン 'エルマ一 (Perkin Elmer)社製, No.1450-441] を しみこませ、 H I V— 1の量を、 RT活性のカウント(cpm/ L)として MICROBETA PLUS liquid scintillation counter [パーキン 'エルマ一 (Perkin Elmer)社製] を用い て測定した。 To 5 µL of the culture supernatant obtained in the above (1), add RT cocktail (50 mmol / L Tris pH 7.5, 50 mmol / L EDTA ヽ 75 mmol / L KC1, 5 mmol / L MgC, 5 jLL g / mL Poly (A ) [Pharmacia (Pharmacia) No.27-4110-01], 1.6〃g / mL oligo (dT) 12-18 [Pharmacia No.27-7858-01] ヽ 5mmol / L DTT (dithiolate), 0.05% NP-40, 10 / Ci / mL [ shed - 32 P] dTTP} was added 25〃L and incubated for 2 hours at 37 ° C. After the reaction, the reaction solution 6〃L of their DEAE filtermat [Perkin Elmer one (PerMn Elmer) Co., Nanba1450-522] spotted, after removing the shed one 32 P] dTTP unreacted Infiltrate MeltiLex-A [Perkin Elmer, No. 1450-441], and measure the amount of HIV-1 as RT activity count (cpm / L) in MICROBETA The measurement was performed using a PLUS liquid scintillation counter [Perkin Elmer Co.].
その結果、第 1 2〜 1 4図に示すようにコントロールである PP2を添加した系で は、 positive controlと同様に HIV-1の量は増カロし、 第 9〜 1 1図に示すように化合 物を添加した系では、 HIV-1の量の増加が濃度依存的に抑制されていることが確認 された。 つまり化合物の添加により HIV-1増殖抑制効果が認められた。 As a result, as shown in Figs. 12 to 14, in the system to which PP2 was added as a control, the amount of HIV-1 increased as in the case of the positive control, and as shown in Figs. It was confirmed that in the system to which the compound was added, the increase in the amount of HIV-1 was suppressed in a concentration-dependent manner. In other words, the effect of suppressing the proliferation of HIV-1 was observed by adding the compound.
試験例 6 :細胞毒性試験 Test Example 6: Cytotoxicity test
MT2細胞(T細胞株) を 10%牛胎児血清 [ギブコ (GIBCO)社製, No.26140-079] を含む RPMI1640培地 [ギブコ(GIBCO)社製, No.26140-076]を用いて 2 x 105個/ mL に調整し、 96ゥェルプレート [96 well plate:コースター (Coster)社製] に各ゥ エルあたり 100 Lずつ分注した。各ゥヱルに化合物を添加して培養し、 3日目に細 胞の状態を観察するとともに、 細胞を回収し、 0.4%トリパンブルー [シグマ (SIGMA) , Τ-8154] で細胞を染色した後、 生存細胞数を数えた。 その結果、 ィ匕 合物 1を 10〃mol/Lの濃度で添加した場合でも、生存細胞数の減少は見られなかつ た。 MT2 cells (T cell line) were transformed into 2x using RPMI1640 medium [manufactured by Gibco (GIBCO), No. 26140-076] containing 10% fetal bovine serum [GIBCO (No. 26140-079)]. It was adjusted to 10 5 cells / mL, 96 Werupureto [96 well plate: Costar (Coster) Co.] was dispensed at 100 L per minute Kakuu Ell. After adding the compound to each cell and culturing, observe the state of the cells on the third day, collect the cells, stain the cells with 0.4% trypan blue [SIGMA], Τ-8154]. The number of surviving cells was counted. As a result, even when the compound 1 was added at a concentration of 10 mol / L, no decrease in the number of viable cells was observed.
以上、 試験例 1〜 6により、 優れた SH3ドメイン結合阻害作用を有する化合物 を有効成分とする薬剤は SH3ドメインを介した蛋白質一蛋白質結合が関与する各 種疾患 {例えば、 AIDS, 悪性腫瘍、 アレルギー性疾患、 ウィルス性疾患等 [バイ ォポリマー (Biopolymer) 、 43卷、 383頁 (1997年) 等] } に有効であることが示 唆された。 化合物 (I) 、 (II) 、 (Ilia) 、 (Illb) 、 (Va) 、 (Vb) もしくは (VI) また はそれらの薬理学的に許容される塩は、 そのまま単独で投与することも可能であ るが、 通常各種の医薬製剤として提供するのが望ましい。 また、 それら医薬製剤 は、 動物および人に使用されるものである。 As described above, according to Test Examples 1 to 6, it was found that a drug containing a compound having an excellent SH3 domain binding inhibitory activity as an active ingredient can be used for various diseases involving protein-protein binding via SH3 domain (e.g., AIDS, malignant tumor, allergy) It is suggested to be effective for sexual diseases, viral diseases, etc. [Biopolymer, vol. 43, p. 383 (1997)]. Compound (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof can be administered alone as it is. However, it is usually desirable to provide them as various pharmaceutical preparations. The pharmaceutical preparations are used for animals and humans.
本発明に係わる医薬製剤は、活性成分として化合物 (1)、 (11)、 (Ilia) , (IIIb)、 (Va)、 (Vb)もしくは(VI)またはそれらの薬理学的に許容される塩を単独で、 あるいは任意の他の治療のための有効成分との混合物として含有することができ る。 また、 それら医薬製剤は、 活性成分を薬理学的に許容される一種もしくはそ れ以上の担体と一緒に混合し、 製剤学の技術分野においてよく知られている任意 の方法により製造される。 The pharmaceutical preparation according to the present invention comprises a compound (1), (11), (Ilia), (IIIb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI) as an active ingredient or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Can be contained alone or as a mixture with any other therapeutically active ingredient. In addition, such pharmaceutical preparations are produced by mixing the active ingredient with one or more pharmacologically acceptable carriers and by any method well known in the technical field of pharmaceuticals.
投与経路は、 治療に際し最も効果的なものを使用するのが望ましく、 例えば経 口または、 例えば静脈内等の非経口等をあげることができる。 It is desirable to use the most effective route for the treatment, for example, oral or parenteral such as intravenous.
投与形態としては、例えば錠剤、散剤、顆粒剤、 シロップ剤、注射剤等がある。 経口投与に適当な、例えばシロップ剤のような液体調製物は、例えば水、蔗糖、 ソルビット、 果糖等の糖類、 ポリエチレングリコール、 プロピレングリコール等 のグリコール類、 ごま油、 ォリーブ油、 大豆油等の油類、 p—ヒドロキシ安息香 酸エステル類等の防腐剤、 ストロベリーフレーバー、 ペパーミント等のフレーバ Examples of the administration form include tablets, powders, granules, syrups, and injections. Liquid preparations suitable for oral administration, such as syrups, include, for example, water, sugars such as sucrose, sorbitol, fructose, glycols such as polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol, oils such as sesame oil, olive oil, and soybean oil. Preservatives such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters, flavors such as strawberry flavor and peppermint
—類等を使用して製造できる。また、錠剤、散剤および顆粒剤等は、例えば乳糖、 プドウ糖、 蔗糖、 マンニット等の賦形剤、 澱粉、 アルギン酸ソ一ダ等の崩壊剤、 ステアリン酸マグネシウム、 タルク等の滑沢剤、 ポリビニールアルコール、 ヒド ロキシプロピルセルロース、 ゼラチン等の結合剤、 脂肪酸エステル等の界面活性 剤、 グリセリン等の可塑剤等を用いて製造できる。 —Can be manufactured using such as Tablets, powders, granules and the like include excipients such as lactose, pudose, sucrose and mannitol, starch, disintegrants such as sodium alginate, lubricants such as magnesium stearate, talc, poly It can be produced using a binder such as vinyl alcohol, hydroxypropylcellulose, and gelatin, a surfactant such as a fatty acid ester, and a plasticizer such as glycerin.
非経口投与に適当な製剤は、 好ましくは受容者の血液と等張である活性化合物 を含む滅菌水性剤からなる。 例えば、 注射剤の場合は、 例えば塩溶液、 ブドウ糖 溶液または塩水とブドゥ糖溶液の混合物等からなる担体等を用いて注射用の溶液 を調製する。 Formulations suitable for parenteral administration comprise a sterile aqueous preparation containing the active compound which is preferably isotonic with the blood of the recipient. For example, in the case of an injection, a solution for injection is prepared using, for example, a carrier comprising a salt solution, a glucose solution or a mixture of a salt solution and a butudose solution.
また、 これら非経口剤においても、 経口剤で例示した希釈剤、 防腐剤、 フレー バー類、 賦形剤、 崩壊剤、 滑沢剤、 結合剤、 界面活性剤、 可塑剤等から選択され る 1種もしくはそれ以上の補助成分を添加することもできる。 Also, in these parenteral preparations, the diluents, preservatives, and flavoring agents exemplified for the oral preparations are used. One or more auxiliary ingredients selected from bars, excipients, disintegrants, lubricants, binders, surfactants, plasticizers and the like can also be added.
化合物 (I) 、 (II)、 (Ilia) 、 (Illb) 、 (Va)、 (Vb) もしくは (VI) 、 ま たはそれらの薬理学的に許容される塩の投与量および投与回数は、 投与形態、 患 者の年齢、 体重、 治療すべき症状の性質もしくは重篤度等により異なるが、 通常 経口の場合、 成人一人当り 0.01mg〜lg、 好ましくは 0.05〜50mgを一日一回ないし 数回投与する。 静脈内投与等の非経口投与の場合、 成人一人当り 0.001〜100mg、 好ましくは 0.01〜10mgを一日一回ないし数回投与する。 しかしながら、 これら投 与量および投与回数に関しては、 前述の種々の条件により変動する。 The dose and frequency of compound (I), (II), (Ilia), (Illb), (Va), (Vb) or (VI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, It depends on the form of administration, the age and weight of the patient, the nature or severity of the condition to be treated, etc., but in the case of oral administration, usually 0.01 mg to lg per adult, preferably 0.05 to 50 mg once or more per day Dosing once. In the case of parenteral administration such as intravenous administration, 0.001 to 100 mg , preferably 0.01 to 10 mg , per adult is administered once to several times a day. However, the dose and the number of administrations vary depending on the various conditions described above.
i i而の簡 な謚昍 i i simple simple PHP 昍
第 1図は、 化合物 (I) および(VI) を濃度を変えて添加した場合のイン ·ビト 口での Sam68 Cと Fyn— SH3の結合阻害アツセィの結果を示すものである。 各レ ―ン上部の数字は化合物番号および Sam68A C溶液に添加した各化合物の濃度(〃 mol/L) を示す。 左側の記載は、 各プロットの名称を示す。 FIG. 1 shows the results of an assay for inhibiting the binding of Sam68 C and Fyn-SH3 at the in-vitro mouth when compounds (I) and (VI) were added at different concentrations. The numbers at the top of each lane indicate the compound number and the concentration (Lmol / L) of each compound added to the Sam68AC solution. The description on the left shows the name of each plot.
第 2図は、 化合物 1および化合物(Ilia) を濃度を変えて添加した場合のイン · ビト口での Sam68ACと Fyn— SH3の結合阻害アツセィの結果を示る。 各レーン上 部の数字は化合物番号および Sam68 Δ C溶液に添加した各化合物の濃度(〃mol/L) を示す。 左側の記載は、 各プロットの名称を示す。 FIG. 2 shows the results of inhibition of binding between Sam68AC and Fyn-SH3 at the in-vitro mouth when compound 1 and compound (Ilia) were added at different concentrations. The numbers at the top of each lane indicate the compound number and the concentration (〃mol / L) of each compound added to the Sam68 ΔC solution. The description on the left shows the name of each plot.
第 3図は、 化合物 化合物 (II) および (Ilia) を濃度を変えて添加した場合 のイン ·ビトロでの Sam68A Cと Fyn— SH3の結合阻害アツセィの結果を示すもの である。各レーン上部の数字は化合物番号および Sam68A C溶液に添加した各化合 物の濃度 ( ^mol/L) を示す。 左側の記載は、 各プロヅトの名称を示す。 FIG. 3 shows the in vitro results of the inhibition of the binding of Sam68AC and Fyn-SH3 when the compounds (II) and (Ilia) were added at different concentrations. The numbers above each lane indicate the compound number and the concentration (^ mol / L) of each compound added to the Sam68AC solution. The description on the left shows the name of each plot.
第 4図は、 化合物 1を濃度を変えて添加した場合の細胞内の Srcと Sam68の結合 阻害ァヅセィの結果を示すものである。各レーン上部の数字は HCT116細胞に添カロ した化合物 1の濃度 ( /mol/L) を示す。 左側の記載は、 ブロヅトの名称を示す。 第 5図は、化合物 1を濃度を変えて添加した場合の細胞内の PLCァと Sam68の結 合阻害アツセィの結果を示すものである。各レーン上部の数字は HCT116細胞に添 加した化合物 1の濃度( md/L)を示す。左側の記載は、プロヅ卜の名称を示す。 第 6図は、 化合物 1を濃度を変えて添加した場合の細胞内の Grb2と Soslの結合 阻害アツセィの結果を示すものである。各レーン上部の数字は HCT116細胞に添カロ した化合物 1の濃度 ( Zmol/L) を示す。 左側の記載は、 ブロヅトの名称を示す。 第 7図は、ィ匕合物 1を濃度を変えて添加した場合の細胞内の Cortactinと ZOlの結 合阻害アツセィの結果を示すものである。各レーン上部の数字は HCT116細胞に添 加した化合物 1の濃度( mol/L)を示す。左側の記載は、プロットの名称を示す。 第 8図は、 化合物 1および 3を濃度を変えて添加した場合のイン ·ビトロでの Nefと Lynの結合阻害アツセィの結果を示すものである。 各レーン上部の数字は化 合物番号および Nefと Lynの混合溶液に添加した化合物の濃度 (〃mol/L) を示す。 左側の記載は、 プロットの名称を示す。 FIG. 4 shows the results of a binding inhibition assay between Src and Sam68 in cells when Compound 1 was added at different concentrations. The numbers at the top of each lane indicate the concentration (/ mol / L) of compound 1 added to HCT116 cells. The description on the left shows the name of the broth. FIG. 5 shows the results of the binding inhibition assay between the intracellular PLC and Sam68 when compound 1 was added at different concentrations. The numbers at the top of each lane are for HCT116 cells. Shows the concentration (md / L) of Compound 1 added. The description on the left shows the name of the plot. FIG. 6 shows the results of assays for inhibiting the binding of Grb2 to Sosl in cells when compound 1 was added at different concentrations. The numbers at the top of each lane indicate the concentration (Zmol / L) of compound 1 added to HCT116 cells. The description on the left shows the name of the broth. FIG. 7 shows the results of the assay for inhibiting the binding of intracellular Cortactin and ZOl when the compound 1 was added at a different concentration. The numbers above each lane indicate the concentration (mol / L) of compound 1 added to HCT116 cells. The description on the left shows the name of the plot. FIG. 8 shows the results of in vitro binding inhibition assay of Nef and Lyn when compounds 1 and 3 were added at different concentrations. The numbers at the top of each lane indicate the compound number and the concentration (〃mol / L) of the compound added to the mixed solution of Nef and Lyn. The description on the left shows the name of the plot.
第 9〜; L 1図は、化合物 1を濃度を変えて添加した場合の HIV-1増殖抑制試験の 結果 (RT Assay) を示すものであり、 同条件で 3回の試験を実施した結果である。 グラフの縦軸左側は、 HIV-1の量を RT活性のカウント (cpmA L) として示したも のであり、グラフの横軸下側は、 HIV-1を感染させてからの経過日数(日)を示す。 グラフ上の各プロットの意味は、 以下の通りである。 Figures 9 to L1 show the results of the HIV-1 proliferation inhibition test (RT Assay) when compound 1 was added at different concentrations. The results were obtained by performing three tests under the same conditions. is there. The left side of the vertical axis of the graph shows the amount of HIV-1 as the count of RT activity (cpmA L), and the lower side of the horizontal axis of the graph shows the number of days elapsed since HIV-1 infection (days). Is shown. The meaning of each plot on the graph is as follows.
U: positive contorol, X: negative contorol, ·:ィ匕合物 1 (50 Zmol/w, ▲:化合物 1 (25 Zmol/L), 國:化合物 1 (10 mol/L) , 〇:化合物 1 (5〃moI/L), △:化合物 1 (l /mol/L) U: Positive contorol, X: Negative contorol, ·: Diagonal compound 1 (50 Zmol / w, ▲: Compound 1 (25 Zmol / L), Country: Compound 1 (10 mol / L), 〇: Compound 1 ( 5〃moI / L), △: Compound 1 (l / mol / L)
第 1 2〜1 4図は、 PP2を濃度を変えて添加した場合の HIV-1増殖抑制試験の結 果(RT Assay) を示すものであり、 同条件で 3回の試験を実施した結果である。 グ ラフの縦軸左側は、 HIV-1の量を RT活性のカウント (cpm/〃L) として示したもの であり、 グラフの横軸下側は、 HIV-1を感染させてからの経過日数 (日) を示す。 グラフ上の各プロッ卜の意味は、 以下の通りである。 Figs. 12 to 14 show the results of the HIV-1 growth inhibition test (RT Assay) when PP2 was added at different concentrations, and the results of three tests performed under the same conditions. is there. On the left side of the graph, the amount of HIV-1 is shown as RT activity count (cpm / 〃L). On the lower side of the graph, the number of days elapsed since HIV-1 infection was plotted. (Day). The meaning of each plot on the graph is as follows.
U: positive contorol, X: negative contorol, 着: PP2 (,50 Zmol/L), U: positive contorol, X: negative contorol, arrival: PP2 (, 50 Zmol / L),
▲: PP2 (25〃mol/L), ■: PP2 (10〃mol/L) , 〇: PP2 (5 Zmol/L) , ▲: PP2 (25 mol / L), ■: PP2 (10 mol / L), 〇: PP2 (5 Zmol / L),
△: PP2 (l^mol/L) 日 S» する めの 自の △: PP2 (l ^ mol / L) Day S »own
以下に、 本発明の態様を実施例および参考例で説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to Examples and Reference Examples.
実施例 1 :錠剤 Example 1: Tablet
常法により、 次の組成からなる錠剤を調製する。化合物 2 (40g)、 ラクトース (286.8g) および馬鈴薯澱粉 (60g) を混合し、 これにヒドロキシプロピルセル口 —スの 10%水溶液 (120g) を加える。 この混合物を常法により練合し、 造粒して 乾燥させた後、整粒し打錠用顆粒とする。これにステアリン酸マグネシゥム(1.2g) を加えて混合し、径 8mmの杵をもった打錠機 (菊水社製 RT-15型)で打錠を行って、 錠剤 (1錠あたり活性成分2 Omgを含有する) を得る。 A tablet having the following composition is prepared by a conventional method. Compound 2 (40 g), lactose (286.8 g) and potato starch (60 g) are mixed, and a 10% aqueous solution of hydroxypropyl cellulose (120 g) is added thereto. This mixture is kneaded by a conventional method, granulated, dried, and then sized to obtain granules for tableting. To this was added and mixed Maguneshiumu stearate (1.2 g), a tableting machine having a pestle of diameter 8mm in performing tableting (Kikusui, RT-15), tablets (per tablet active ingredient 2 Omg Containing).
処方 化合物 2 20 mg Formulation Compound 2 20 mg
ラクトース 143.4 mg Lactose 143.4 mg
30 mg 30 mg
ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース 6 mg Hydroxypropyl cellulose 6 mg
2^ァリン酸マグネシウム 0.6 mg 0.6 mg of magnesium diphosphate
200 mg 200 mg
実施例 2 :カプセル剤 Example 2: Capsule
常法により、 次の組成からなるカプセル剤を調製する。 化合物 1 2 (200g)、 アビセル(995g)およぴステアリン酸マグネシウム(5g)を常法により混合する。 この混合物をカプセル充填機 (Zanasi社製、 LZ-64型) により、 ハードカプセル 4 号 (1カプセルあたり 120mg容量) に充填し、 カプセル剤 (1カプセルあたり活性 成分 20mgを含有する) を得る。 . A capsule having the following composition is prepared by a conventional method. Compound 12 (200 g), Avicel (995 g) and magnesium stearate (5 g) are mixed by a conventional method. This mixture is filled into Hard Capsule No. 4 (capacity of 120 mg per capsule) with a capsule filling machine (LZ-64 type, manufactured by Zanasi) to obtain a capsule (containing 20 mg of active ingredient per capsule). .
処方 ィヒ合物 1 2 20 mg Formulation 1 2 20 mg
アビセル 99.5 mg Avicel 99.5 mg
ステァリン酸マグネシゥム 0.5 mg Magnesium stearate 0.5 mg
120 mg 120 mg
実施例 3 :注射剤 Example 3: Injection
常法により、 次の組成からなる注射剤を調製する。 化合物 1 0 (lg) を精製大 豆油に溶解させ、 精製卵黄レシチン (12g) および注射用グリセリン (25g) を加 える。 この混合物を常法により注射用蒸留水で lOOOmLとして練合 '乳化する。得 られた分散液を 0.2 /mのディスポ一ザブル型メンブランフィル夕一を用いて無菌 濾過後、 ガラスバイアルに 2mLずつ無菌的に充填して、 注射剤 (1バイアルあたり 活性成分 2mgを含有する) を得る。 An injection having the following composition is prepared by a conventional method. Purify Compound 10 (lg) Dissolve in soybean oil and add purified egg yolk lecithin (12 g) and glycerin for injection (25 g). This mixture is kneaded and emulsified with distilled water for injection to 100 mL in a conventional manner. The resulting dispersion is aseptically filtered using a 0.2 / m disposable membrane filter, and then aseptically filled into glass vials in 2 mL increments. Injection (containing 2 mg of active ingredient per vial) Get.
処方 化合物 1 0 2 mg Formulation Compound 102 mg
精製大豆油 200 mg Refined soybean oil 200 mg
24 mg 24 mg
注射用グリセリン 50 mg Glycerin for injection 50 mg
用蒸留フ k 1.72 mL For distillation k 1.72 mL
2.00 mL 2.00 mL
実施例 4 :化合物 2 Example 4: Compound 2
参考例 1で得られた化合物 1 (20mg; 0.042mmol)を THF (2mL)に溶解し、 70% ナトリゥム水素化ビス (2—メトキシェトキシ) アルミニウム一トルエン溶液 (0.040mL) を氷冷しながら加えた。 0°Cにて 20分間撹拌した後、 反応液に lmol/L 酢酸- THF溶液 (ImL) および酢酸ェチル (10mL) を順次加えて抽出し、 有機層を 水および lmol/ g酸水で洗浄した。 無水硫酸ナトリゥムで有機層を乾燥した後、 濃縮し、 得られた残渣をジイソプロピルェ一テル (IPE) と n—へキサンの混合溶 媒から結晶化させ、 化合物 2を 12.3mg得た (収率 61%) 。 Compound 1 (20 mg; 0.042 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 1 was dissolved in THF (2 mL), and a 70% sodium bis (2-methoxyethoxy) aluminum hydride in toluene (0.040 mL) solution was cooled with ice. added. After stirring at 0 ° C for 20 minutes, lmol / L acetic acid-THF solution (ImL) and ethyl acetate (10mL) were sequentially added to the reaction solution for extraction, and the organic layer was washed with water and lmol / g acid water. . The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated, and the obtained residue was crystallized from a mixed solvent of diisopropyl ether (IPE) and n-hexane to obtain 12.3 mg of Compound 2 (yield 61%).
化合物 2 : Compound 2:
¾-NMR (CDC13) δ (ppm): 0.78 (3H, d, J = 6.6Hz), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.02 (3H, d, J = 6.6Hz), 1.07 (3H, t, J = 7.7Hz), 1.23 (2H, m), 1.52-1.61 (3H, m), 1.79 (2H, m), 1.96-2.01 (2H, m), 2.66 (IH, d, J = 2.9Hz), 3.27 (IH, t, J = 6.1Hz), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.54 (1H, m), 3.92 (1H, d, J = 7.7Hz), 4.16 (1H, m), 4.35 (1H, brt, J = 9.9Hz), 4.87 (2H, s), 4.97 (IH, d, J = 2.8Hz), 7.41 (IH, s), 9.24 (IH, s), 13.4 (IH, s); FAB -MS m/z 505 [M+Na]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ (ppm): 0.78 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.02 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.07 ( 3H, t, J = 7.7Hz), 1.23 (2H, m), 1.52-1.61 (3H, m), 1.79 (2H, m), 1.96-2.01 (2H, m), 2.66 (IH, d, J = 2.9Hz), 3.27 (IH, t, J = 6.1Hz), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.54 (1H, m), 3.92 (1H, d, J = 7.7Hz), 4.16 (1H, m), 4.35 (1H, brt, J = 9.9Hz), 4.87 (2H, s), 4.97 (IH, d, J = 2.8Hz), 7.41 (IH, s), 9.24 (IH, s), 13.4 (IH, s) ; FAB-MS m / z 505 [M + Na] + .
実施例 5 :化合物 3 実施例 4で得られた化合物 2 (lOmg; 0.021mmol) をピリジン (0.5mL) に溶解 し、 無水酢酸 (0.5mL) を加え、 室温で 5時間撹拌した。 反応液を濃縮した後、 得 られた残渣を IPEと n—へキサンの混合溶媒から結晶化させ、 化合物 3を 4.6 mg得 た (収率 32%) 。 Example 5: Compound 3 Compound 2 (10 mg; 0.021 mmol) obtained in Example 4 was dissolved in pyridine (0.5 mL), acetic anhydride (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After concentrating the reaction solution, the obtained residue was crystallized from a mixed solvent of IPE and n-hexane to obtain 4.6 mg of Compound 3 (yield: 32%).
化合物 3 : Compound 3:
¾-NMR (CDC13) δ (ppm): 0.83 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 0.84 (3H, d, J = 7.2Hz), 0.93 C3H, d, J = 6.8Hz), 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.21 (2H, m), 1.56 (3H, m), 1.76 (3H, m), 1.95 (1H, m), 2.01 (3H, s), 2.04 (3H, s), 2.13 (3H, s), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.99 (IH, t, J = 5.9Hz), 3.18 (3H, s), 3.57 (IH, m), 3.89 (IH, d, J = 6.2Hz), 4.29 (1H, m), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.50 (1H, dd, J = 4.8, 12.1Hz), 5.87 (IH, s), 7.91 (IH, s); FAB-MS m/z 693 [M+H]+. 実施例 6 ··化合物 4 ¾-NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ (ppm): 0.83 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.84 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.93 C3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.99 (3H , T, J = 7.5Hz), 1.21 (2H, m), 1.56 (3H, m), 1.76 (3H, m), 1.95 (1H, m), 2.01 (3H, s), 2.04 (3H, s) , 2.13 (3H, s), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.99 (IH, t, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.18 (3H, s), 3.57 (IH, m), 3.89 ( IH, d, J = 6.2Hz), 4.29 (1H, m), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.50 (1H, dd, J = 4.8, 12.1Hz), 5.87 (IH, s), 7.91 (IH, s ); FAB-MS m / z 693 [M + H] + . Example 6 Compound 4
参考例 1で得られた化合物 1 (llmg; 0.023mmol) をのメ夕ノ—ル(lmL) に溶 解し、 水素化ホウ素ナトリウム (4.9mg; 0.13mmol) を加え、 室温で 1.5時間撹拌 した。 反応液に少量の lmol/L塩酸水溶液を加え、 酢酸ェチル (10mLx2) で抽出 し、 有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。 有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、 濃縮し、 得られた残渣を分取薄層クロマトグラフィー (クロ口ホルム/メタノー ル = 10/1) で精製し、 化合物 4を 6.0mg得た (収率 54%) 。 Compound 1 (llmg; 0.023mmol) obtained in Reference Example 1 was dissolved in methanol (lmL), sodium borohydride (4.9mg; 0.13mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. . A small amount of lmol / L hydrochloric acid aqueous solution was added to the reaction solution, extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL × 2), and the organic layer was washed with saturated saline. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and the resulting residue was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 10/1) to give 6.0 mg of compound 4 (yield) 54%).
化合物 4 :Compound 4:
-NMR (CDCI3) δ (ppm): 0.80 (3H, d, J = 6.8Hz), 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.02 (3H, d, J = 7.5Hz), 1.26 (2H, m), 1.54-1.64 (3H, m), 1.79 (3H, m), 2.00 (IH, m), 2.67 (IH, brs), 2.74 (IH, brs), 2.91 (1H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 2.98 (IH, d, J = 2.9Hz), 3.27 (IH, brs), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.47 (IH, m), 3.72 -3.89 (2H, m), 3.96 (1H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 4.18 (IH, brs), 4.88 (3H, brs), 7.41 (IH, s), 9.32 (IH, s), 13.29 (IH, s); FAB-MS m/z 507 [M+Na]+. -NMR (CDCI3) δ (ppm): 0.80 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.02 (3H, d, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.26 (2H, m), 1.54-1.64 (3H, m), 1.79 (3H, m), 2.00 (IH, m), 2.67 (IH, brs), 2.74 (IH, brs) ), 2.91 (1H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 2.98 (IH, d, J = 2.9Hz), 3.27 (IH, brs), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.47 (IH, m), 3.72 -3.89 (2H, m), 3.96 (1H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 4.18 (IH, brs), 4.88 (3H, brs), 7.41 (IH, s), 9.32 (IH, s), 13.29 (IH, s); FAB-MS m / z 507 [M + Na] + .
実施例 7 :化合物 6 Example 7: Compound 6
参考例 1で得られた化合物 1 (lOmg; 0.021mmol) を THF (lmL) と水(0.5mL) の混合溶媒に溶かし、 塩酸 0—メチルヒドロキシルァミン (22mg; 0.27mmol) を 加え、 室温で 4時間撹拌した。 反応液を酢酸ェチル (10mL) で希釈後、 水を加え て抽出し、 有機層を lm0〗/Lii酸水溶液で洗浄した。 有機層を無水硫酸マグネシゥ ムで乾燥した後、 濃縮し得られた残渣を IPEと n—へキサンの混合溶媒から結晶化 させ、 化合物 6を 5.6mg得た (収率 52%) 。 Compound 1 (10 mg; 0.021 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 1 was dissolved in a mixed solvent of THF (1 mL) and water (0.5 mL), and 0-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (22 mg; 0.27 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After the reaction solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL), water was added for extraction, and the organic layer was washed with an aqueous solution of lm 0 L / Lii acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and the resulting residue was crystallized from a mixed solvent of IPE and n-hexane to obtain 5.6 mg of Compound 6 (yield: 52%).
化合物 6 : Compound 6:
¾-NMR (CDC13) δ (ppm): 0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 0.86 (3H, d, J = 6.8Hz), 0.96 (3H, d, J = 6.8Hz), 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.20 (2H, m), 1.48 (IH, m), 1.58 (1H, s), 1.60 (2H, m), 1.81 (2H, m), 1.99 (2H, m), 2.98 (1H, brs), 3.22 (3H, s), 3.26 (IH, t, J = 6.1Hz), 3.70 (IH, dd, J = 7.3, 14.1Hz), 3.99 (3H, s), 4.17 (1H, td, J = 11.2, 5.1Hz), 4.34 (1H, d, J = 6.6Hz), 4.40 (IH, brt, J = 8.3Hz), 4.97 (1H, d, J = 3.5Hz), 7.83 (IH, s), 8.69 (1H, s), 11.45 (1H, s), 13.75 (IH, s); FAB-MS m/z 532 [M+Na]+, 510[M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ (ppm): 0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.86 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.96 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.06 ( 3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.20 (2H, m), 1.48 (IH, m), 1.58 (1H, s), 1.60 (2H, m), 1.81 (2H, m), 1.99 (2H, m) ), 2.98 (1H, brs), 3.22 (3H, s), 3.26 (IH, t, J = 6.1 Hz), 3.70 (IH, dd, J = 7.3, 14.1 Hz), 3.99 (3H, s), 4.17 (1H, td, J = 11.2, 5.1Hz), 4.34 (1H, d, J = 6.6Hz), 4.40 (IH, brt, J = 8.3Hz), 4.97 (1H, d, J = 3.5Hz), 7.83 (IH, s), 8.69 (1H, s), 11.45 (1H, s), 13.75 (IH, s); FAB-MS m / z 532 [M + Na] + , 510 [M + H] + .
実施例 8 :化合物 1 Example 8: Compound 1
参考例 1で得られた化合物 1 (33.5mg; 0.0698mmol) をメ夕ノール (2mL) に 溶解し、 2mol/Lトリメチルシリルジァゾメ夕ンの n—へキサン溶液 (lmL)を加え、 室温で 3.5時間撹拌した。 反応液に酢酸 (2滴) および酢酸ェチル (30mL) を加え た後、 水を加えて抽出した。 有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した後、 無水硫酸マグネ シゥムで乾燥した。 溶媒を留去した後、 得られた残渣 (45.6mg) をシリカゲル分 取薄層クロマトグラフィー (n—へキサン Z酢酸ェチル = lZl) により精製し、 化合物 1 4を 13.9mg得た (収率 38%) 。 Compound 1 (33.5 mg; 0.0698 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 1 was dissolved in methanol (2 mL), and a 2 mol / L trimethylsilyldiazomethane solution in n-hexane (lmL) was added. For 3.5 hours. Acetic acid (2 drops) and ethyl acetate (30 mL) were added to the reaction solution, and then water was added for extraction. The organic layer was washed with a saturated saline solution and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After evaporating the solvent, the obtained residue (45.6 mg) was purified by silica gel preparative thin-layer chromatography (n-hexane Z-ethyl acetate = lZl) to obtain 13.9 mg of compound 14 (yield 38). %).
化合物 1 4 : Compound 14:
¾-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ (ppm): 12.91 (IH, s), 7.81 (IH, s), 4.97 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 4.41 (IH, m), 4.18 (IH, m), 4.15 (IH, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.77 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.72 (IH, m), 3.26 (IH, dd, J = 5.9, 7.1 Hz), 3.22 (3H, s), 2.93 (IH, brs), 2.26 (3H, s), 2.01 (IH, m), 1.92 (IH, m), 1.84 (2H, m), 1.58 (3H, m), 1.47 (IH, m), 1.20 (2H, m), 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 0.98 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.81 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz) 6 (ppm): 208.0, 206.3, 164.1, 162.0, 129.2, 125.3, 117.6, 117.4- 94.5, 82.8, 69.7, 62.7, 61.9, 61.8, 59.7, 57.0, 49.9, 39.0, 37.3, 34.6, 32.0, 29.7, 20.7, 20.6, 19.1, 18.3, 14.3, 10.6; FAB -MS m/z 523 [M+H]+. 実施例 9 :化合物 1 5 ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 400 MHz) δ (ppm): 12.91 (IH, s), 7.81 (IH, s), 4.97 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 4.41 (IH, m), 4.18 ( IH, m), 4.15 (IH, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.77 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.72 (IH, m), 3.26 (IH, dd, J = 5.9, 7.1 Hz), 3.22 (3H, s), 2.93 (IH, brs), 2.26 (3H, s), 2.01 (IH, m), 1.92 (IH, m), 1.84 (2H, m), 1.58 (3H, m), 1.47 (IH, m), 1.20 (2H, m), 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 0.98 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.81 ( 3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz); 13 C-NMR (CDC1 3, 100 MHz) 6 (ppm): 208.0, 206.3, 164.1, 162.0, 129.2, 125.3, 117.6, 117.4- 94.5, 82.8, 69.7, 62.7, 61.9, 61.8, 59.7, 57.0, 49.9, 39.0, 37.3, 34.6, 32.0, 29.7, 20.7, 20.6, 19.1, 18.3, 14.3, 10.6; FAB-MS m / z 523 [M + H] + . Example 9: Compound 15
参考例 1で得られた化合物 1 (21.5mg; 0.0448mmol) のジクロロメ夕ン溶液 (2mL) に 4Aモレキュラーシ一ブス (30mg) を加え、 次に 4—メチルモルホリン — —ォキサイ ド (18.6mg; 0.159mmol) のジクロロメタン溶液 (0.5mL) および テトラ (n—プロピル) アンモニゥムパ一ルテネート (3.9mg; O.Olllmmol) のジ クロロメ夕ン溶液(0.5mL)を加え、室温で 24時間撹拌した。反応液をろ過した後、 シリ力ゲル力ラムクロマトグラフィー (1%メ夕ノ—ルのクロ口ホルム溶液) によ る精製を行い、 化合物 1 5を 1.8mg得た (収率 8.4%) 。 Reference Example 1 Compound obtained in 1 (21. 5 mg; 0.0448mmol) Jikurorome Yun solution (2 mL) in 4A Morekyurashi one Buss (30 mg) was added, then 4-methylmorpholine - - Okisai de (18.6 mg; 0.159 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and tetra (n-propyl) ammonium palmitate (3.9 mg; O.Ollmmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After the reaction solution was filtered, purification was carried out by silica gel gel column chromatography (1% methanol in chloroform solution) to obtain 1.8 mg of Compound 15 (yield: 8.4%).
化合物 1 5 : Compound 15:
¾-NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) (5 (ppm): 14.03 (IH, s), 13.01 (IH, s), 10.42 (1H, s), 8.03 (IH, s), 5.20 (IH, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 4.84 (IH, m), 4.34 (IH, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 3.77 (IH, m), 3.56 (1H, dd, J = 5.6, 7.2 Hz), 3.22 (3H, s), 3.01 (IH, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 2.68-2.63 (2H, m), 2.00-1.80 (2H, m), 1.79-1.60 (3H, m), 1.26 (2H, m), 1.08 (3H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 0.94 (3H, d, J = 6.7 Hz), 0.90 (3H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz); FAB-MS m/z 479 [M+H]+. 実施例 1 0 :化合物 1 7 ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 500 MHz) (5 (ppm): 14.03 (IH, s), 13.01 (IH, s), 10.42 (1H, s), 8.03 (IH, s), 5.20 (IH, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 4.84 (IH, m), 4.34 (IH, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 3.77 (IH, m), 3.56 (1H, dd, J = 5.6, 7.2 Hz), 3.22 (3H, s), 3.01 (IH, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 2.68-2.63 (2H, m), 2.00-1.80 (2H, m), 1.79-1.60 (3H, m), 1.26 (2H, m), 1.08 (3H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 0.94 (3H, d, J = 6.7 Hz), 0.90 (3H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz); FAB-MS m / z 479 [M + H] +. Example 10: Compound 17
参考例 9で得られた化合物 1 2 (67.3mg; 0.128mmol) を酢酸ェチル (3mL) に 溶解し、 10%パラジウム—炭素 (50mg) を加え、 水素雰囲気下、 室温で 4時間撹拌 した。反応液から触媒をろ別した後、 シリカゲル分取薄層クロマトグラフィー (n —へキサンと酢酸ェチルの混合溶媒) による精製を行い、 化合物 1 7を 30.3mg得 た (収率 63%) 。 Compound 12 (67.3 mg; 0.128 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 9 was dissolved in ethyl acetate (3 mL), 10% palladium-carbon (50 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a hydrogen atmosphere for 4 hours. After the catalyst was filtered off from the reaction solution, purification was performed by silica gel preparative thin-layer chromatography (mixed solvent of n-hexane and ethyl acetate) to obtain 30.3 mg of compound 17 (yield 63%).
化合物 1 7 : Compound 17:
¾-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) d (ppm): 7.03 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.40 (IH, m), 6.07 (IH, brs), 5.31 (1H, m), 4.86 -4.28 (2H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.61 (1H, m), 3.19 (IH, dd, J = 5.5, 10.5 Hz), 3.04 (IH, m), 2.80 (IH, d, J = 5.5 Hz), 2.76-2.49 (4H, m), 2.36 (1H, m), 2.19 (IH, brd, J =12.5 Hz), 1.71 (IH, brd, J = 15.8 Hz), 1.49 (3H, s), 1.23 (2H, m), 1.19 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.14 (3H, s), 1.00 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz); FAB-MS m/z 528 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) d (ppm): 7.03 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.40 (IH, m), 6.07 (IH, brs ), 5.31 (1H, m), 4.86 -4.28 (2H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.61 (1H, m), 3.19 (IH, dd, J = 5.5, 10.5 Hz), 3.04 (IH, m), 2.80 (IH, d, J = 5.5 Hz), 2.76-2.49 (4H, m), 2.36 (1H, m), 2.19 (IH, brd, J = 12.5 Hz), 1.71 (IH, brd, J = 15.8 Hz), 1.49 (3H, s), 1.23 (2H, m), 1.19 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.14 (3H, s), 1.00 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz); FAB-MS m / z 528 [M + H] + .
実施例 1 1 :化合物 1 8および 1 9 Example 11: Compounds 18 and 19
参考例 9で得られた化合物 1 2 (36.6mg; 0.0697mmol) をクロ口ホルム (2mL) に溶解し、 少量の p—トルエンスルホン酸一水和物を加え、 室温で 5時間撹拌し た。反応液を濃 した後、 シリ力ゲル分取薄層クロマトグラフィ一(n—へキサン と酢酸ェチルの混合溶媒) による精製を行い、 化合物 1 8 (26.8mg;収率 73%) と化合物 1 9 (4.8mg;収率 13%) をそれぞれ得た。 Compound 12 (36.6 mg; 0.0697 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 9 was dissolved in chloroform (2 mL), a small amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After concentrating the reaction mixture, the mixture was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography on silica gel (mixed solvent of n-hexane and ethyl acetate) to give compound 18 (26.8 mg; yield 73%) and compound 19 ( 4.8 mg; yield 13%).
化合物 1 8 : Compound 18:
¾-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 6 (ppm): 7.04 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.84 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.59 (IH, d, J = 11.7 Hz), 5.81 (IH, brs), 5.72 (IH, dd, J = 9.9, 14.9 Hz), 5.63 (IH, d, J = 11.7 Hz), 5.39 (IH, brs), 5.37 (1H, m), 5.17 (IH, brs), 3.80 (IH, m), 3.78 (3H, s), 3.35 (1H, m), 3.24 (IH, m), 2.98-2.92 (3H, m), 2.85 (IH, dd, J = 3.9, 13.8 Hz), 2.69 (IH, m), 2.57 (IH, dd, J = 9.5, 13.8 Hz), 2.15 (IH, brd, J = 13.4 Hz), 1.52 (3H, s), 1.16 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.14 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz); FAB-MS m/z 526 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 300 MHz) 6 (ppm): 7.04 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.84 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.59 (IH, d, J = 11.7 Hz) , 5.81 (IH, brs), 5.72 (IH, dd, J = 9.9, 14.9 Hz), 5.63 (IH, d, J = 11.7 Hz), 5.39 (IH, brs), 5.37 (1H, m), 5.17 ( IH, brs), 3.80 (IH, m), 3.78 (3H, s), 3.35 (1H, m), 3.24 (IH, m), 2.98-2.92 (3H, m), 2.85 (IH, dd, J = 3.9, 13.8 Hz), 2.69 (IH, m), 2.57 (IH, dd, J = 9.5, 13.8 Hz), 2.15 (IH, brd, J = 13.4 Hz), 1.52 (3H, s), 1.16 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.14 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz); FAB-MS m / z 526 [M + H] +.
化合物 1 9 : Compound 19:
¾-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) 6 (ppm): 7.00 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 8.6. Hz), 6.57 (IH, d, J = 11.6 Hz), 6.13 (1H, m), 6.09 (1H, brs), 5.59 (1H, d, J = 11.6 Hz), 5.31 (IH, m), 3.81 (2H, m), 3.72 (3H, s), 3.36 (1H, brt, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.87 (IH, m), 2.76-2.60 (4H, m), 2.09 (1H, brd, J = 10.3 Hz), 1.61 (3H, s), 1.44 (6H, s), 1.10 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz); FAB-MS m/z 526 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) 6 (ppm): 7.00 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 8.6.Hz), 6.57 (IH, d, J = 11.6 Hz) , 6.13 (1H, m), 6.09 (1H, brs), 5.59 (1H, d, J = 11.6 Hz), 5.31 (IH, m), 3.81 (2H, m), 3.72 (3H, s), 3.36 ( 1H, brt, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.87 (IH, m), 2.76-2.60 (4H, m), 2.09 (1H, brd, J = 10.3 Hz), 1.61 (3H, s), 1.44 (6H, s ), 1.10 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz); FAB-MS m / z 526 [M + H] +.
実施例 1 2 :化合物 2 0 Example 12: Compound 20
MPC1006株糸状菌の斜面培地から、一白金耳ずつを 50mLの種培地(マッシュポ テト 3%、 グルコース 10%、酵母エキス 0.5%、 pH6.5) を入れた 300mL容の三角フラ スコ (2本) に接種し、 28°Cで 5日間回転撹拌機上で培養して種培養液を得た。 こ の種培養液 2.5mLを 50mLの生産培地(グルコース 2%、 マッシュポテト 2%、ぺプト ン 0.5%、 H2PO40.5%、 Mg3( O4)2'8H2O0.05%、 pH6.0) を含む 300mL^の三角フラ スコ(40本)に接種して、 25°Cで 5日間回転撹拌機上で培養を行った。培養終了後、 培養液 (2L) を吸引ろ過により菌体と上清に分け、 培養上清をあらかじめ 20%メ 夕ノールで充填したダイヤイオン H P— 2 0 (30mL)のカラムクロマトグラフィ 一に付し、 40、 50、 60%メタノールで段階的に洗浄後、 90および 100%メタノール で溶出させた。 溶出液 (150mL) を濃縮後、 酢酸ェチルで抽出し、 抽出物を高速 液体ク口マトグラフィ一(Develosil HG-5 20x250mm; 40〜; L00%ァセトニトリル水 溶液で段階的に溶出) により分離精製し、 化合物 2 0を 2.2mg得た。 From the slant culture of the filamentous fungi of the MPC1006 strain, each platinum loop was filled with 50 mL of seed medium (3% mash, 3% glucose, 10% glucose, 0.5% yeast extract, pH 6.5). And inoculated on a rotary stirrer at 28 ° C. for 5 days to obtain a seed culture. Production medium of seed culture 2.5mL of this 50 mL (2% glucose, mashed 2%, Bae script down 0.5%, H 2 PO 4 0.5 %, Mg 3 (O 4) 2 '8H 2 O0.05%, pH6 .0) containing 300mL ^ Scos (40) were inoculated and cultured on a rotary shaker at 25 ° C for 5 days. After completion of the culture, the culture solution (2 L) was separated into bacterial cells and supernatant by suction filtration, and the culture supernatant was subjected to column chromatography using Diaion HP-20 (30 mL) previously filled with 20% methanol. After washing stepwise with 40, 50, and 60% methanol, elution was performed with 90 and 100% methanol. The eluate (150 mL) was concentrated, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the extract was separated and purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (Develosil HG-5 20x250 mm; 40-; eluted stepwise with L00% aqueous acetonitrile). 2.2 mg of compound 20 was obtained.
化合物 2 0 : Compound 20:
¾-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ (ppm): 7.15 (1H, dd, J = 2.2, 15.4 Hz), 6.25 (1H, brs), 6.19 (1H, brd, J = 11.0 Hz), 6.03 (1H, dd, J = 2.2, 15.4 Hz), 5.30 (1H, m), 4.55 (1H, m), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 2.4, 7.6 Hz), 3.82 (1H, brd, J = 11.0 Hz), 3.17 (1H, dt, J =10.0, 3.4 Hz), 3.09 (1H, m), 2.93 (1H, dd, J = 3.2, 4.9 Hz), 2.39-2.34 (1H, m), 2.20-2.08 (2H, m), 1.73 (3H, s), 1.61 (1H, m), 1.50-1.46 (1H, m), 1.43-1.34 (1H, m), 1.39 (3H, s), 1.33 -1.25 (1H, m), 1.21 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.931 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.926 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz) (5 (ppm): 173.6, 167.5, 150.4, 140.2, 139.5, 124.2, 122.8, 120.1, 88.3, 78.1, 73.9, 52.1, 51.7, 48.5, 39.39, 39.36, 34.2, 28.0, 25.2, 23.6, 21.4, 19.7, 15.2, 13.8; FAB-MS m/z 418 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 400 MHz) δ (ppm): 7.15 (1H, dd, J = 2.2, 15.4 Hz), 6.25 (1H, brs), 6.19 (1H, brd, J = 11.0 Hz), 6.03 ( 1H, dd, J = 2.2, 15.4 Hz), 5.30 (1H, m), 4.55 (1H, m), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 2.4, 7.6 Hz), 3.82 (1H, brd, J = 11.0 Hz ), 3.17 (1H, dt, J = 10.0, 3.4 Hz), 3.09 (1H, m), 2.93 (1H, dd, J = 3.2, 4.9 Hz), 2.39-2.34 (1H, m), 2.20-2.08 ( 2H, m), 1.73 (3H, s), 1.61 (1H, m), 1.50-1.46 (1H, m), 1.43-1.34 (1H, m), 1.39 (3H, s), 1.33 -1.25 (1H, m), 1.21 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.931 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.926 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz); 13 C-NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz) ( 5 (ppm): 173.6, 167.5, 150.4, 140.2, 139.5, 124.2, 122.8, 120.1, 88.3, 78.1, 73.9, 52.1, 51.7, 48.5, 39.39, 39.36, 34.2, 28.0, 25.2, 23.6, 21.4, 19.7, 15.2 , 13.8; FAB-MS m / z 418 [M + H] + .
実施例 1 3 :化合物 2 1 Example 13: Compound 21
MPC1009株糸状菌の斜面培地から、一白金耳ずつを 4本の 50mLの一次種培地(マ ヅシュポテト 3%、 グルコース 10%、酵母エキス 0.5%、 pH6.5) を入れた 300mL容の 三角フラスコに接種し、 28°Cで 4日間回転撹拌機上で培養して一次種培養液を得た。 この一次種培養液 75mLを 2.5Lの二次種培地(グルコース 2%、マヅシュポテト 1%、 ペプトン 0.5%、 KH2PO40.5%、 Mg PO4)2' 8H2O0.05%、 ρΗ6.θ) を含む 5L§のジャ一 フアーメン夕一に接種して、 25°Cで 24時間、 通気撹拌培養を行った。得られた二 次種培養液 450mLを 15Lの生産培地 (グルコース 2%、 マッシュポテト 2%、 ぺプト ン 0.5%、 KH2PO40.5%s Mg PO4)2' 8H2O0.05%、 pH6.0) を含む 30L容のジャーファ ーメン夕ー(2基)に接種して、 25°Cで 5日間通気撹拌培養を行った。培養終了後、 培養液 (30L) を吸引ろ過により菌体と上清に分け、 菌体に 20Lのメタノールを加 え、 撹拌して抽出した。 抽出液をあらかじめ 30%メタノール水溶液で充填したダ ィャイオン H P— 2 0 (1.5L) のカラムクロマトグラフィ一に付し、 50%メ夕ノ —ル水溶液で洗浄後、 100%メタノールで溶出させた。溶出液を濃縮後、 酢酸ェチ ルで抽出し、 濃縮乾固すると 23.7gの菌体抽出物が得られた。得られた菌体抽出物 をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルムとメ夕ノ一ルの混合溶媒) に付し、 化合物 2 1を含むフラクションを集め、 濃縮乾固した。 得られた残渣を 90%メタノール水溶液と n—へキサンで分配し、 脂肪酸成分を除去した。 90%メタ ノール水溶液での抽出物 (5.44g) をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (n— へキサンと酢酸ェチルの混合溶媒) に付し、 化合物 2 1を含むフラクションを集 め、 濃縮した。 得られた残渣 (1.24g) を少量のェ一テルに溶解し、 n—へキサン を加えて粉末化を行い、 化合物 2 1 (343mg) を得た。 From the slant culture of the MPC1009 strain, place each loop into a 300 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing four 50 mL primary seed media (3% mashed potato, 10% glucose, 0.5% yeast extract, pH 6.5). The seeds were inoculated and cultured on a rotary stirrer at 28 ° C for 4 days to obtain a primary seed culture. 75 mL of this primary seed culture is mixed with 2.5 L of a secondary seed medium (glucose 2%, marsh potato 1%, peptone 0.5%, KH 2 PO 4 0.5%, Mg PO 4 ) 2 '8H 2 O 0.05%, ρΗ6.θ ) Was inoculated into a 5 L section of the yeast overnight, followed by aeration and agitation culture at 25 ° C for 24 hours. The resulting secondary-seed culture 450mL of 15L of production medium (2% glucose, mashed 2%, Bae script down 0.5%, KH 2 PO 4 0.5 % s Mg PO 4) 2 '8H 2 O0.05%, pH6 .0) was inoculated into 2 jars of jar fermenter having a capacity of 30 L and aerated and stirred at 25 ° C for 5 days. After cultivation, The culture solution (30 L) was separated into cells and supernatant by suction filtration, and 20 L of methanol was added to the cells, followed by extraction by stirring. The extract was subjected to column chromatography with Dyaion HP-20 (1.5 L) previously filled with a 30% aqueous methanol solution, washed with a 50% aqueous methanol solution, and eluted with 100% methanol. The eluate was concentrated, extracted with ethyl acetate, and concentrated to dryness to obtain 23.7 g of bacterial cell extract. The obtained bacterial cell extract was subjected to silica gel column chromatography (a mixed solvent of black form and methanol), and a fraction containing compound 21 was collected and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was partitioned between a 90% aqueous methanol solution and n-hexane to remove fatty acid components. The extract (5.44 g) in a 90% aqueous methanol solution was subjected to silica gel column chromatography (a mixed solvent of n-hexane and ethyl acetate), and the fraction containing compound 21 was collected and concentrated. The obtained residue (1.24 g) was dissolved in a small amount of ether, and powdered by adding n-hexane to obtain compound 21 (343 mg).
化合物 2 1 : Compound 21:
¾-NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ (ppm): 7.33 (1H, dd, J = 2.5, 15.4 Hz), 6.94 (1H, brs), 6.22 (1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 5.91 (1H, dd, J = 2.1, 15.4 Hz), 5.29 (1H, brs), 4.51 (1H, m), 3.80 (1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 3.14 (1H, ddd, J = 3.0, 3.0, 10.3 Hz), 3.08 (1H, m), 2.89 (1H, dd, J = 3.3, 4.8 Hz), 2.23 (1H, dd, J = 9.6, 13.6 Hz), 2.11 (1H, m), 2.01 (1H, m), 1.88 (1H, brs), 1.75 (1H, m), 1.73 (3H, s), 1.68 (1H, m), 1.63 (1H, m), 1.53 (1H, m), 1.50 (1H, m), 1.44 (3H, s), 1.28 (1H, m), 1.20 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.92 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.91 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDC13, 125 MHz) δ (ppm): 173.7, 167.7, 156.5, 140.1, 139.4, 124.4, 123.0, 118.8, 88.4, 69.2, 52.2, 51.9, 48.6, 42.2, 39.5, 38.1, 34.2, 25.0, 23.8, 21.3, 19.8, 17.8, 16.2, 13.9; FAB -MS m z 402 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 500 MHz) δ (ppm): 7.33 (1H, dd, J = 2.5, 15.4 Hz), 6.94 (1H, brs), 6.22 (1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 5.91 ( 1H, dd, J = 2.1, 15.4 Hz), 5.29 (1H, brs), 4.51 (1H, m), 3.80 (1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 3.14 (1H, ddd, J = 3.0, 3.0, 10.3 Hz), 3.08 (1H, m), 2.89 (1H, dd, J = 3.3, 4.8 Hz), 2.23 (1H, dd, J = 9.6, 13.6 Hz), 2.11 (1H, m), 2.01 (1H, m m), 1.88 (1H, brs), 1.75 (1H, m), 1.73 (3H, s), 1.68 (1H, m), 1.63 (1H, m), 1.53 (1H, m), 1.50 (1H, m ), 1.44 (3H, s), 1.28 (1H, m), 1.20 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.92 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.91 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz) ); 13 C-NMR (CDC1 3, 125 MHz) δ (ppm): 173.7, 167.7, 156.5, 140.1, 139.4, 124.4, 123.0, 118.8, 88.4, 69.2, 52.2, 51.9, 48.6, 42.2, 39.5, 38.1, 34.2, 25.0, 23.8, 21.3, 19.8, 17.8, 16.2, 13.9; FAB -MS mz 402 [M + H] +.
実施例 1 4 :化合物 1 6 Example 14: Compound 16
MPC1005株糸状菌の斜面培地から、 一白金耳ずつを 4本の 50mLの種培地 (マツ シュポテト 3%、 グルコ一ス 10%、酵母エキス 0.5%、 pH6.5) を入れた 300mL容の三 角フラスコに接種し、 28°Cで 5日間回転撹拌機上で培養して種培養液を得た。この 種培養液 2.5mLずつを 50本の5 OmLの生産培地 (シュクロース 3%、 可溶性澱粉 2%、 乾燥酵母 0.5%、 麦芽エキス 1%、 コーンスティ一プリカ一(CSL) 0.5%、 野菜ジュ ース 20%、 CaCO30.5%、 pH6.0) を含む 300mL¾の三角フラスコに接種して、 25°C で 5日間回転撹拌機上で培養を行なつた。 From the slant culture of the filamentous fungi of the MPC1005 strain, a loop of each platinum loop was filled with four 50 mL seed culture media (3% matsushpotato, 10% glucose, 0.5% yeast extract, pH 6.5) in a 300 mL triangle. The flask was inoculated and cultured on a rotary stirrer at 28 ° C. for 5 days to obtain a seed culture. 2.5 mL of this seed culture was added to 50 5 OmL production media (3% sucrose, 2% soluble starch, Inoculate a 300 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing dried yeast 0.5%, malt extract 1%, corn steep liquor (CSL) 0.5%, vegetable juice 20%, CaCO 3 0.5%, pH 6.0 C. The culture was performed on a rotary shaker for 5 days.
培養終了後、 培養液 (2.5L) を吸引ろ過により菌体と上清に分け、 菌体に 6Lの メタノールを加え、 撹拌して抽出し、 抽出液を約 3Lになるまで減圧下濃縮した。 培養上清と濃縮した菌体抽出液を合わせ、 50%メ夕ノ一ルで充填したダイャィォ ン H P— 2 0 (l50mL) のカラムクロマトグラフィ一に付し、 50%メタノールで 洗浄した後、 100%メ夕ノ一ルで溶出した。 溶出液を約 200mLになるまで減圧下濃 縮後、 酢酸ェチル (250mLx2) で抽出し、 飽和食塩水で洗浄後、 無水硫酸ナトリ ゥムで乾燥した。 濃縮乾固して得られた残渣(1.58g) を少量のメタノールに溶解 し、 あらかじめクロ口ホルム一メタノール (1: 1) で充填したセフアデヅクス L H - 2 ◦のカラムクロマトグラフィー (内径 3.0cm,高さ 20cm) に付し、 クロロホ ルム—メタノール (1 : 1) の混合溶媒で展開し溶出液を約 20mLずつ分取した。ィ匕 合物 1 6を含むフラクションを集め、 減圧下に濃縮乾固した。 この乾固物をシリ 力ゲル力ラムクロマトグラフィー (50mレメ夕ノ一ルとクロ口ホルムの混合溶媒) に付し、 化合物 1 6 (I8mg) を得た。 After completion of the culture, the culture solution (2.5 L) was separated into cells and supernatant by suction filtration, 6 L of methanol was added to the cells, and the mixture was stirred and extracted. The extract was concentrated under reduced pressure until the volume became about 3 L. The culture supernatant and the concentrated cell extract were combined, subjected to column chromatography on Diane HP-20 (150 mL) packed with 50% methanol, washed with 50% methanol, and then washed with 100% methanol. It was eluted at the medium. The eluate was concentrated under reduced pressure to about 200 mL, extracted with ethyl acetate (250 mL × 2), washed with saturated saline, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The residue (1.58 g ) obtained by concentrating to dryness was dissolved in a small amount of methanol, and the column chromatography (Sephadex LH-2 °) pre-filled with chloroform-form-methanol (1: 1) (internal diameter 3.0 cm, high 20 cm), developed with a mixed solvent of chloroform and methanol (1: 1), and the eluate was fractionated by about 20 mL. Fractions containing the compound 16 were collected and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The dried product was subjected to silica gel gel column chromatography (a mixed solvent of 50-m resin and chloroform) to obtain Compound 16 (I8 mg).
化合物 1 6 : Compound 16:
¾-NMR (CDC13, 500MHz) d (ppm): 7.05 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.81 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.66 (IH, brs), 6.39 (1H, m), 5.79 (1H, ddd, J = 1.7, 10.0, 15.1 Hz), 5.44 (1H, ddd, J = 3.9, 11.2, 15.1 Hz), 3.62 (IH, t, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.33 (IH, m), 3.32 (IH, m), 3.02 (IH, dd, J = 6.8, 12.1 Hz), 2.89 (IH, dd, J = 5.4, 10.0 Hz), 2.75 (2H, m), 2.67 (1H, dd, J = 2.1, 5.9 Hz), 2.59 (IH, d, J = 5.4 Hz), 2.25 (IH, m), 2.24 (IH, m), 2.03 (IH, dt, J = 13.8, 11.6 Hz), 1.88 (3H, d, J = 0.7 Hz), 1.17 (3H, s), 1.15 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.11 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125 MHz) ό" (ppm): 206.2, 171.9, 169.1, 155.1, 143.1, 135.1, 132.7, 130.8, 130.6, 128.7, 126.1, 115.8, 84.9, 60.4, 57.2, 54.4, 49.5, 47.0, 43.9, 39.9, 39.8, 36.8, 36.1, 19.7, 17.4, 13.0, 12.8; FAB -MS m/z 480 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 500MHz ) d (ppm): 7.05 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.81 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.66 (IH, brs), 6.39 (1H, m ), 5.79 (1H, ddd, J = 1.7, 10.0, 15.1 Hz), 5.44 (1H, ddd, J = 3.9, 11.2, 15.1 Hz), 3.62 (IH, t, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.33 (IH, m), 3.32 (IH, m), 3.02 (IH, dd, J = 6.8, 12.1 Hz), 2.89 (IH, dd, J = 5.4, 10.0 Hz), 2.75 (2H, m), 2.67 (1H, dd , J = 2.1, 5.9 Hz), 2.59 (IH, d, J = 5.4 Hz), 2.25 (IH, m), 2.24 (IH, m), 2.03 (IH, dt, J = 13.8, 11.6 Hz), 1.88 (3H, d, J = 0.7 Hz), 1.17 (3H, s), 1.15 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.11 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz); 13 C-NMR (CDCI3, 125 MHz) ό "(ppm): 206.2, 171.9, 169.1, 155.1, 143.1, 135.1, 132.7, 130.8, 130.6, 128.7, 126.1, 115.8, 84.9, 60.4, 57.2, 54.4, 49.5, 47.0, 43.9, 39.9, 39.8, 36.8, 36.1, 19.7, 17.4, 13.0, 12.8; FAB -MS m / z 480 [M + H] +.
参考例 1 :化合物 1 (UCS15A/Luminacin C2/SP4228A) 化合物 1は、 ザ ·ジャーナル 'ォブ 'アンチバイォティクス (The Journal of Antibiotics)、 53卷、 579頁(2000年)および特開昭 58-116686号記載の方法により、 該化合物の生産能を有する Strepto y 属に属する放線菌を培養し、培養液中から 単離精製することにより得られた。 Reference Example 1: Compound 1 (UCS15A / Luminacin C2 / SP4228A) Compound 1 was produced by the method described in The Journal of Antibiotics, vol. 53, p. 579 (2000) and JP-A-58-116686. It was obtained by culturing actinomycetes belonging to the genus Streptoy and isolating and purifying it from the culture broth.
化合物 1 (UCS15A/Luminacin C2/SI-4228A) : Compound 1 (UCS15A / Luminacin C2 / SI-4228A):
¾-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 14.16 (IH, s), 12.93 (IH, s), 10.35 (IH, s) , 8.01 (IH, s), 4.85 (1H, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 4.36 (IH, dd, J = 8.1, 9.6 Hz), 4.27 (IH, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 4.11 (1H, ddd, J = 4.6, 11.4, 11.4 Hz), 3.66 (IH, m), 3.53 (IH, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 3.19 (IH, t, J = 6.2 Hz), 3.14 (3H, s), 1.85 -1.98 (2H, m), 1.69-1.78 (2H, m), 1.40-1.58 (3H, m), 1.08-1.19 (2H, m), 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 0.91 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.79 (3H, t, / = 7.3 Hz), 0.77 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz); FAB-MS mlz 479 [M-H]". ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 14.16 (IH, s), 12.93 (IH, s), 10.35 (IH, s), 8.01 (IH, s), 4.85 (1H, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 4.36 (IH, dd, J = 8.1, 9.6 Hz), 4.27 (IH, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 4.11 (1H, ddd, J = 4.6, 11.4, 11.4 Hz), 3.66 (IH , m), 3.53 (IH, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 3.19 (IH, t, J = 6.2 Hz), 3.14 (3H, s), 1.85 -1.98 (2H, m), 1.69-1.78 (2H, m), 1.40-1.58 (3H, m), 1.08-1.19 (2H, m), 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 0.91 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.79 (3H, t , / = 7.3 Hz), 0.77 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz); FAB-MS mlz 479 [MH] ".
参考例 2 :化合物 5 Reference Example 2: Compound 5
化合物 5は、 特開昭 62-294619号記載の方法に準じて得ることができるが、 以下 の方法によっても得ることができた。 Compound 5 can be obtained according to the method described in JP-A-62-294619, but can also be obtained by the following method.
参考例 1で得られた化合物 1 ( llmg; 0.023mmol)を T H F (lmL)と水 (0.5mL) とメタノ一ル(1滴)の混合溶媒に溶かし、硫酸メチルヒドラジン(30mg; 0.2lmmol) を加え、室温で 4時間撹拌した。反応液を酢酸ェチル(lOmL)で希釈後、抽出し、 有機層を水と lmol/L^酸水溶液で順次洗浄した。 有機層を無水硫酸マグネシゥム で乾燥した後、 濃縮し、 得られた残渣を IPEと n—へキサンの混合溶媒から結晶化 させ、 化合物 5を 5.9mg得た (収率 50%) 。 Reference Example 1 Compound obtained in 1; dissolved (Llmg 0.023 mmol) in a mixed solvent of THF (LML) and water (0.5 mL) and methanol Ichiru (1 drop), sulfate methylhydrazine (3 0 mg, 0. 2 lmmol) and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (lOmL) and extracted, and the organic layer was washed with water and an aqueous solution of lmol / L ^ acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated, and the obtained residue was crystallized from a mixed solvent of IPE and n-hexane to obtain 5.9 mg of Compound 5 (yield 50%).
化合物 5 : Compound 5:
¾-NMR (CDCI3) (J (ppm): 0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 0.86 (3H, d, J = 6.8Hz), 0.96 (3H, d, J = 6.6Hz), 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.21 (2H, m), 1.42-1.62 (3H, m), 1.82 (2H, m), 2.01 (2H, m), 3.00 (3H, s), 3.22 (3H, s), 3.26 (IH, t, J = 6.2Hz), 3.70 (IH, m), 4.16 (1H, m), 4.35 (IH, d, J = 6.6Hz), 4.40 (IH, m), 4.98 (IH, s), 6.72 (IH, s), 7.74 (IH, s), 8.21 (IH, s), 13.00 (1H, brs), 13.71 (IH, s) ; FAB-MS mlz 477 [M-CH3NH2]+, 507 [M-H]\ 化合物 7、 8、 9は、 ジャーナル 'ォブ'アメリカン 'ケミカル ·ソサエティ (J. Am. Chem. Soc.)、 122卷、 3071頁 (2000年) に記載の方法に準じて得られた。 参考例 3 :化合物 7 ¾-NMR (CDCI3) (J (ppm): 0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.86 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.96 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.06 ( 3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.21 (2H, m), 1.42-1.62 (3H, m), 1.82 (2H, m), 2.01 (2H, m), 3.00 (3H, s), 3.22 (3H , s), 3.26 (IH, t, J = 6.2 Hz), 3.70 (IH, m), 4.16 (1H, m), 4.35 (IH, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.40 (IH, m), 4.98 (IH, s), 6.72 (IH, s), 7.74 (IH, s), 8.21 (IH, s), 13.00 (1H, brs), 13.71 (IH, s); FAB-MS mlz 477 [M-CH 3 NH 2 ] +, 507 [MH] \ Compounds 7, 8, and 9 are published in the journal 'OB' American 'Chemical Society (J. Am. Chem. Soc.), Vol. 122, p. 3071 (2000). Reference Example 3: Compound 7
レゾルシノール (600mg; 5.45mmol)およびソルビン酸 (600mg; 5.36mmol) を 三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体 (10mL) に溶かし、 120°Cにて 15分間撹拌した。 反 応液に氷冷しながら少量の水を加え、 酢酸ェチル (50mLx 2) で抽出した。 有機 層から溶媒を減圧下留去した後、残渣を THF (50mL)および水(50mL)の混合溶 媒に溶かし、 30分間加熱還流した。 反応液を濃縮し、 THFを留去した後、 酢酸ェ チル (50mLx 2) で抽出し、 有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。 有機層 を濃縮し、得られた残渣(1.54g) をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(75g; n—へキサン/酢酸ェチル =3ダ1)で精製し、化合物 7を 566mg得た(収率 60%)。 化合物 7 : Resorcinol (600 mg; 5.45 mmol) and sorbic acid (600 mg; 5.36 mmol) were dissolved in boron trifluoride etherate (10 mL) and stirred at 120 ° C. for 15 minutes. A small amount of water was added to the reaction solution while cooling with ice, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 2). After evaporating the solvent from the organic layer under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in a mixed solvent of THF (50 mL) and water (50 mL), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 30 minutes. After the reaction solution was concentrated and THF was distilled off, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL × 2), and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated, and the obtained residue (1.54 g) was purified by silica gel column chromatography (75 g; n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3: 1) to obtain 566 mg of compound 7 (yield: 60%). . Compound 7:
¾-NMR (CDC13) 5 (ppm): 1.92 (3H, d, J = 5.1Hz), 5.57 (1H, brs), 6.32-6.40 (4H, m), 6.91 (1H, d, = 14.7Hz), 7.48 (1H, dd, J = 9.9, 14.7Hz), 7.71 (1H, d, J = 9.2Hz), 13.41 (1H, s); FAB-MS mlz 205 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3 ) 5 (ppm): 1.92 (3H, d, J = 5.1 Hz), 5.57 (1H, brs), 6.32-6.40 (4H, m), 6.91 (1H, d, = 14.7 Hz) , 7.48 (1H, dd, J = 9.9, 14.7Hz), 7.71 (1H, d, J = 9.2Hz), 13.41 (1H, s); FAB-MS mlz 205 [M + H] + .
参考例 4 :化合物 8 Reference Example 4: Compound 8
2—メチルレゾルシノール (500mg; 4.03mmol) およびソルビン酸 (450mg; 4.01mmol) より、 参考例 3と同様にして化合物 8を 736mg得た (収率 84%) 。 化合物 8 : 736 mg of Compound 8 was obtained from 2-methylresorcinol (500 mg; 4.03 mmol) and sorbic acid (450 mg; 4.01 mmol) in the same manner as in Reference Example 3 (yield 84%). Compound 8:
¾-NMR (CDCl,) δ (ppm): 1.90 (3H, d, J = 5.5Hz), 2.14 (3H, s), 6.00 (1H, brs), ¾-NMR (CDCl,) δ (ppm): 1.90 (3H, d, J = 5.5Hz), 2.14 (3H, s), 6.00 (1H, brs),
6.23- 6.35 (2H, m), 6.39 (1H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 6.92 (1H, d, J = 15.0Hz), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 9.9, 15.0Hz), 7.58 (1H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 13.73 (1H, s); FAB-MS mlz 219 [M+H]+. 6.23- 6.35 (2H, m), 6.39 (1H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 6.92 (1H, d, J = 15.0Hz), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 9.9, 15.0Hz), 7.58 (1H , D, J = 9.0Hz), 13.73 (1H, s); FAB-MS mlz 219 [M + H] +.
参考例 5 :化合物 9 Reference Example 5: Compound 9
2 , 4—ジメチルレゾルシノ一ル(1.08g; 7.83mmol)およびソルビン酸(950mg; 8.47mmol) より、 参考例 3と同様にして化合物 9を 971mg得た (収率 53%)。 化合物 9 : From 2,4-dimethylresorcinol (1.08 g; 7.83 mmol) and sorbic acid (950 mg; 8.47 mmol), 971 mg of compound 9 was obtained in the same manner as in Reference Example 3 (yield 53%). Compound 9:
¾-NMR (CDCI3) 51.91 (3H, d, J = 5.7Hz), 2.15 (3H, s), 2.22 (3H, s), 5.32 (1H, s), ¾-NMR (CDCI3) 51.91 (3H, d, J = 5.7 Hz), 2.15 (3H, s), 2.22 (3H, s), 5.32 (1H, s),
6.24- 6.40 (2H, m), 6.95 (1H, d, J = 14.9Hz), 7.45 (1H, s), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 10.1, 14.9Hz), 13.60 (1H, s); FAB-MS m/z 233 [M+H]+. 6.24- 6.40 (2H, m), 6.95 (1H, d, J = 14.9Hz), 7.45 (1H, s), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 10.1, 14.9Hz), 13.60 (1H, s); FAB-MS m / z 233 [M + H] + .
参考例 6 :化合物 1 0 Reference Example 6: Compound 10
化合物 1 0は、 テトラへドロン (Tetrahedron)、 31卷、 1593頁 (1975年) 記載 の方法によって得ることができるが、 化合物 7のメチル化によっても得ることが で き た 。 参考例 3で得られた化合物 7 (424mg; 2.08mmol)を 30mLのァセトンに溶解し、 炭酸カルシウム (650mg; 4.70mmol) およびヨウ化メチル (0.260mL; 4.18mmol) を加え、 1時間加熱還流した。 反応液を室温にて放冷後、 酢酸ェチル (50mL) で 希釈し、 lmol/L^酸水溶液を添加して抽出した。 有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、 無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、 濃縮して得られた残渣 (410mg) をシリカゲル カラムクロマトグラフィー(30mL ; n—へキサン Z酢酸ェチル =4Zl)で精製し、 化合物 1 0を 113mg得た (収率 25%) 。 Compound 10 can be obtained by the method described in Tetrahedron, vol. 31, p. 1593 (1975), but can also be obtained by methylation of compound 7. Compound 7 (424 mg; 2.08 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 3 was dissolved in 30 mL of acetone, and calcium carbonate (650 mg; 4.70 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.260 mL; 4.18 mmol) were added, followed by heating under reflux for 1 hour. . The reaction solution was allowed to cool at room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), and extracted with lmol / L aqueous acid solution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue (410 mg) obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography (30 mL; n-hexane Z ethyl acetate = 4Zl) to give the compound. 113 mg of 10 were obtained (yield 25%).
化合物 1 0 : Compound 10:
¾-NMR (CDC13) S (pp ): 1.91 (3Η, d, J = 5.0Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 6.26-6.40 (2H, m), 6.43-6.47 (2H, m), 6.92 (1H, d, J = 14.9Hz), 7.48 (1H, dd, J = 9.9, 14.9Hz), 7.71 (1H, d, J = 9.5Hz), 13.50 (1H, s); FAB-MS m/z 219 [M+H]+ ¾-NMR (CDC1 3) S (pp): 1.91 (3Η, d, J = 5.0Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 6.26-6.40 (2H, m), 6.43-6.47 (2H, m), 6.92 (1H, d, J = 14.9Hz), 7.48 (1H, dd, J = 9.9, 14.9Hz), 7.71 (1H, d, J = 9.5Hz), 13.50 (1H, s); FAB-MS m / z 219 [M + H] +
参考例 7 :化合物 1 1 Reference Example 7: Compound 11
参考例 3で得られた化合物 7 (I37mg;0.672mraol)を 25mLのァセトンに溶解し、 炭酸カルシウム (l.50g; 10.85mmol) およびヨウ化メチル (l.50mL; 24.1mmol) を加え、 3時間加熱還流した。参考例 6と同様の後処理を行い、化合物 1 1を 122mg 得た (収率 78%)。 Compound 7 (I37mg; 0.672mraol) obtained in Reference Example 3 was dissolved in 25mL of acetone, and calcium carbonate (l.50g; 10.85mmol) and methyl iodide (l.50mL; 24.1mmol) were added. Heated to reflux. The same post-treatment as in Reference Example 6 was performed to obtain 122 mg of Compound 11 (yield: 78%).
化合物 1 1 :Compound 11:
-NMR (CDCI3) 6 (ppm): 1.85 (3H, d, J = 6.2Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 6. 12-6.32 (2H, m), 6.46 (1H, d, J = 2.2Hz), 6.51 (1H, dd, J = 2.2, 8.6Hz), 6.81 (1H, d, J = 15.2Hz), 7.25 (1H, dd, J = 11.0, 15.0Hz), 7.66 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz); FAB-MS m/z 233 [M+H]+. 参考例 8 :化合物 1 3 (Cytochalasin E) -NMR (CDCI3) 6 (ppm): 1.85 (3H, d, J = 6.2Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 6.12-6.32 (2H, m), 6.46 (1H , d, J = 2.2Hz), 6.51 (1H, dd, J = 2.2, 8.6Hz), 6.81 (1H, d, J = 15.2Hz), 7.25 (1H, dd, J = 11.0, 15.0Hz), 7.66 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz); FAB-MS m / z 233 [M + H] + . Reference Example 8: Compound 13 (Cytochalasin E)
化合物 1 3は、 ジャーナル 'ォプ 'ケミカル ·ソサエティ,パーキン · トランサ ύ Compound 13 was published in the journal 'Op' Chemical Society, Parkin Transa ύ
クシヨン 1 (J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1)、 541頁 (1982年)、 ァグリカルチユラ ル 'アンド 'バイオロジカル 'ケミストリ一 (Agric. Biol. Chem.)、 53卷、 1699 頁 (1989年) 等に記載の方法に準じて、 該化合物の生産能を有する糸状菌を培養 し、 培養液中から単離精製することにより得られた。 Cushion 1 (J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1), 541 (1982), Agricultural and Biological, Chemistry (Agric. Biol. Chem.), 53, 1699 (1989 According to the method described in the above, etc., a filamentous fungus having the ability to produce the compound was cultured and isolated and purified from a culture solution.
化合物 1 3 (Cytochalasin E) :Compound 13 (Cytochalasin E):
-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) d (ppm): 7.27-7.37 (3H, m), 7.15 (2H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 6.53 (1H, d, / = 12.5 Hz), 6.00 (1H, brs), 5.89 (1H, dd, J = 8.1, 15.0 Hz), 5.63 (1H, d, J = 12.5 Hz), 5.23 (1H, m), 3.71 (1H, m), 3.02 (1H, m), 2.94 (1H, m), 2.89 (1H, dd, J = 4.2, 13.9 Hz), 2.50-2.70 (4H, m), 2.31 (1H, m), 2.15 (1H, brd, J = 15.0 Hz), 1.50 (3H, s), 1.25 (3H, s), 1.16 (3H, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 1.12 (3H, d, / = 6.8 Hz); FAB-MS m/z 496 [M+H]+ 参考例 9 :化合物 1 2 (Mer-WF1726) -NMR (CDC1 3, 300 MHz) d (ppm): 7.27-7.37 (3H, m), 7.15 (2H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 6.53 (1H, d, / = 12.5 Hz), 6.00 (1H , brs), 5.89 (1H, dd, J = 8.1, 15.0 Hz), 5.63 (1H, d, J = 12.5 Hz), 5.23 (1H, m), 3.71 (1H, m), 3.02 (1H, m) , 2.94 (1H, m), 2.89 (1H, dd, J = 4.2, 13.9 Hz), 2.50-2.70 (4H, m), 2.31 (1H, m), 2.15 (1H, brd, J = 15.0 Hz), 1.50 (3H, s), 1.25 (3H, s), 1.16 (3H, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 1.12 (3H, d, / = 6.8 Hz); FAB-MS m / z 496 [M + H] + Reference Example 9: Compound 1 2 (Mer-WF1726)
化合物 1 2は、 特開平 10-114776号に記載の方法に準じて得られる。 Compound 12 can be obtained according to the method described in JP-A-10-114776.
化合物 1 2 (Mer-WF1726) : Compound 1 2 (Mer-WF1726):
¾-NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz) δ (ppm): 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.51 (1H, d, J = 11.6 Hz), 6.16 (1H, brs), 5.90 (1H, dd, J = 9.3, 14.9 Hz), 5.61 (1H, d, J = 11.6 Hz), 5.23 (1H, ddd, J = 3.8, 10.9, 14.9 Hz), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.68 (1H, m), 3.00 (1H, dd. J = 2.6, 5.1 Hz), 2.94 (1H, m), 2.82 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 13.7 Hz), 2.69-2.60 (4H, m), 2.29 (1H, dq, J = 12.5, 7.3 Hz), 2.15 (1H, brd, J = 13.8 Hz), 1.49 (3H, s), 1.25 (3H, s), 1.16 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.10 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDC13, 125 MHz) 6 (ppm): 211.8, 170.0, 158.9, 149.4, 142.2, 131.6, 130.6, 128.5, 127.9, 120.5, 114.4, 87.1, 77.3, 60.7, 57.3, 55.3, 53.8, 48.0, 45.9, 44.1, 40.9, 39.1, 35.9, 24.4, 20.1, 19.7, 13.3; FAB-MS m/z 526 [M+H]+. NMR-NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz) δ (ppm): 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.51 (1H, d, J = 11.6 Hz), 6.16 (1H, brs), 5.90 (1H, dd, J = 9.3, 14.9 Hz), 5.61 (1H, d, J = 11.6 Hz), 5.23 (1H, ddd, J = 3.8, 10.9, 14.9 Hz), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.68 (1H, m), 3.00 (1H, dd. J = 2.6, 5.1 Hz), 2.94 (1H, m), 2.82 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 13.7 Hz), 2.69- 2.60 (4H, m), 2.29 (1H, dq, J = 12.5, 7.3 Hz), 2.15 (1H, brd, J = 13.8 Hz), 1.49 (3H, s), 1.25 (3H, s), 1.16 (3H , d, J = 6.8 Hz) , 1.10 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz); 13 C-NMR (CDC1 3, 125 MHz) 6 (ppm): 211.8, 170.0, 158.9, 149.4, 142.2, 131.6, 130.6 , 128.5, 127.9, 120.5, 114.4, 87.1, 77.3, 60.7, 57.3, 55.3, 53.8, 48.0, 45.9, 44.1, 40.9, 39.1, 35.9, 24.4, 20.1, 19.7, 13.3; FAB-MS m / z 526 [M + H] + .
参考例 1 0 :化合物 2 6 (Aspochalasin C) 、 化合物 2 7 (Aspochalasin D)および 化合物 2 8 (Aspochalasin E) Reference Example 10: Compound 26 (Aspochalasin C), Compound 27 (Aspochalasin D) and Compound 28 (Aspochalasin E)
化合物 2 6 (Aspochalasin C)、 化合物 2 7 (Aspochalasin D) および化合物 2 8 (Aspochalasin E) は実施例 1 3に記載の方法により、 MPC1009糸状菌の培養し、 培養液中から単離精製することにより得られた。 また、 ヘルべチカ 'ヒミカ 'ァク夕 (Helv. Chim. Acta)、 62卷、 1501頁 (1979 年)、 ジャーナル ·ォブ ·アンチバイオティクス(J. Antibiot.)、 46卷、 679頁(1993 年) 等に記載の方法に準じて、 該化合物の生産能を有する糸状菌を培養し、 培養 液中から単離精製することによつても得ることができる。 Compound 26 (Aspochalasin C), Compound 27 (Aspochalasin D) and Compound 28 (Aspochalasin E) should be cultured and isolated and purified from MPC1009 filamentous fungi by the method described in Example 13. Was obtained. Also, Helvetica Chim. Acta, Vol. 62, p. 1501 (1979), Journal of Antibiotics (J. Antibiot.), Vol. 46, p. 679 ( 1993), and the like, by culturing a filamentous fungus capable of producing the compound and isolating and purifying the same from a culture solution.
化合物 2 6 (Aspochalasin C) : Compound 26 (Aspochalasin C):
¾-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ (ρρτα): 7.32 (1Η, dd, J = 0.7, 16.3 Hz), 6.26 (1H, dd, J = 8.3, 16.3 Hz), 6.07 (1H, brs), 5.99 (1H, brd, J = 11.2 Hz), 5.41 (1H, m), 3.95 (1H, t, J = 8.3 Hz), 3.49 (1H, m), 3.10 (1H, m), 3.02 (1H, dd, J = 3.7, 5.4 Hz), 2.82 (1H, brd, J = 11.0 Hz), 2.46 (2H, m), 2.02 (1H, m), 1.93 (1H, m), 1.85 (1H, ddd, J = 2.7, 13.2, 13.2 Hz), 1.77 (3H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 1.55 (1H, m), 1.41 (3H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 1.24 (2H, m), 1.23 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.91 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.90 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz) d (ppm): 198.2, 174.4, 140.8, 138.3 (2C), 130.3, 125.8, 125.5, 77.3, 75.1, 68.0, 51.3, 49.7, 48.4, 43.5, 36.4, 36.3, 35.2, 25.2, 23.7, 21.4, 20.0, 19.9, 13.7; FAB -MS mlz Ql [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 400 MHz) δ (ρρτα): 7.32 (1Η, dd, J = 0.7, 16.3 Hz), 6.26 (1H, dd, J = 8.3, 16.3 Hz), 6.07 (1H, brs), 5.99 (1H, brd, J = 11.2 Hz), 5.41 (1H, m), 3.95 (1H, t, J = 8.3 Hz), 3.49 (1H, m), 3.10 (1H, m), 3.02 (1H, dd , J = 3.7, 5.4 Hz), 2.82 (1H, brd, J = 11.0 Hz), 2.46 (2H, m), 2.02 (1H, m), 1.93 (1H, m), 1.85 (1H, ddd, J = 2.7, 13.2, 13.2 Hz), 1.77 (3H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 1.55 (1H, m), 1.41 (3H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 1.24 (2H, m), 1.23 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.91 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.90 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz); 13 C-NMR (CDC1 3, 100 MHz) d (ppm): 198.2, 174.4, 140.8, 138.3 (2C), 130.3, 125.8, 125.5, 77.3, 75.1, 68.0, 51.3, 49.7, 48.4, 43.5, 36.4, 36.3, 35.2, 25.2, 23.7, 21.4, 20.0, 19.9, 13.7; FAB-MS mlz Ql [M + H] +.
化合物 2 7 (Aspochalasin D) : Compound 27 (Aspochalasin D):
¾-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) d (ppm): 7.14 (1H, d, J = 16.7 Hz), 6.14 (1H, dd, J = 5.0, 16.5 Hz), 6.33 (1H, brs), 5.94 (1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 5.42 (1H, brs), 4.58 (1H, brs), 3.78 (1H, brs), 3.15 (1H, m), 3.00 (1H, dd, J = 2.8, 5.7 Hz), 2.90 (1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 2.48 (1H, m), 2.16 (2H, m), 2.07 (1H, m), 1.75 (3H, s), 1.50 (2H, m), 1.30 (3H, s), 1.22 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.21 (1H, m), 0.90 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 0.88 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 75 MHz) (5 (ppm): 197.6, 174.9, 141.5, 140.4, 137.4, 129.6, 125.7, 124.2, 79.2, 75.6, 68.0, 51.0, 49.6, 48.3, 43.6, 39.5, 35.1, 29.3, 25.1, 23.6, 21.5, 19.9, 15.6, 13.5; FAB-MS mlz 402 [M+H]+. 化合物 2 8 (Aspochalasin E) : ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 300 MHz) d (ppm): 7.14 (1H, d, J = 16.7 Hz), 6.14 (1H, dd, J = 5.0, 16.5 Hz), 6.33 (1H, brs), 5.94 ( 1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 5.42 (1H, brs), 4.58 (1H, brs), 3.78 (1H, brs), 3.15 (1H, m), 3.00 (1H, dd, J = 2.8, 5.7 Hz) ), 2.90 (1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 2.48 (1H, m), 2.16 (2H, m), 2.07 (1H, m), 1.75 (3H, s), 1.50 (2H, m), 1.30 (3H, s), 1.22 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.21 (1H, m), 0.90 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 0.88 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz); 13 C-NMR (CDCI3, 75 MHz) (5 (ppm): 197.6, 174.9, 141.5, 140.4, 137.4, 129.6, 125.7, 124.2, 79.2, 75.6, 68.0, 51.0, 49.6, 48.3, 43.6, 39.5, 35.1, 29.3 , 25.1, 23.6, 21.5, 19.9, 15.6, 13.5; FAB-MS mlz 402 [M + H] + . Compound 28 (Aspochalasin E):
¾-画 R (DMSO-d6, 500 MHz) d (ppm): 8.10 (1H, s), 6.02 (1H, d, J = 10.9 Hz), 5.33 (1H, brs), 4.41 (1H, d, J = 5.9 Hz), 4.37 (1H, d, J = 4.0 Hz), 4.35 (1H, brs), 3.90 (1H, d, J = 17.6 Hz), 3.60 (1H, brs), 3.24 (1H, brs), 3.17 (1H, brs), 3.07 (2H, m), 2.48 -2.40 (2H, m), 2.00-1.94 (2H, m), 1.76 (1H, dd, J = 5.2, 17.6 Hz), 1.70 (3H, s), 1.60-1.44 (2H, m), 1.38 (3H, d, J = 1.1 Hz), 1.31 (1H, m), 1.16 (3H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.09-0.98 (2H, m), 0.84 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.83 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz); FAB-MS m/z 420 [M+H]+. ¾-image R (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz) d (ppm): 8.10 (1H, s), 6.02 (1H, d, J = 10.9 Hz), 5.33 (1H, brs), 4.41 (1H, d, J = 5.9 Hz), 4.37 (1H, d, J = 4.0 Hz), 4.35 (1H, brs), 3.90 (1H, d, J = 17.6 Hz), 3.60 (1H, brs), 3.24 (1H, brs) , 3.17 (1H, brs), 3.07 (2H, m), 2.48 -2.40 (2H, m), 2.00-1.94 (2H, m), 1.76 (1H, dd, J = 5.2, 17.6 Hz), 1.70 (3H, s), 1.60-1.44 (2H, m), 1.38 (3H, d, J = 1.1 Hz), 1.31 (1H, m), 1.16 (3H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.09-0.98 (2H, m), 0.84 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.83 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz); FAB-MS m / z 420 [M + H] + .
参考例 1 1 :化合物 2 2およびィ匕合物 2 5 (Aspochalasin B) Reference Example 11 1: Compound 22 and Compound 25 (Aspochalasin B)
参考例 1 0で得られる化合物 2 7 (31.7mg; 0.0791mmol) をジクロロメタン (5mL) に溶解し、 二酸化マンガン (250mg; 2.44mmol) を加えて室温で 2時間撹 拌した。 反応液をセライ トを用いてろ過し、 ろ液を濃縮した後、 シリカゲル分取 薄層クロマトグラフィー (クロ口ホルムとメタノールの混合溶媒) による精製を 行い、 化合物 2 5 (13.6mg;収率 43%) および化合物 2 2 (5.1mg;収率 16%) を 得た。 Compound 27 (31.7 mg; 0.0791 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 10 was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), manganese dioxide (250 mg; 2.44 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered using celite, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel preparative thin-layer chromatography (a mixed solvent of chloroform and methanol) to give Compound 25 (13.6 mg; yield 43%). %) And compound 22 (5.1 mg; yield 16%).
また、 化合物 2 5 (Aspochalasin B) はヘルべチカ ·ヒミカ 'ァク夕 (Helv. Chim. Acta)、 62卷、 1501頁 (1979年) に記載の方法に準じて、 該化合物の生産能を有 する糸状菌を培養し、 培養液中から単離精製することによつても得ることができ る。 . The compound 2 5 (Aspochalasin B) is Herube Chika-Himika '§ click evening (Helv. Chim. Acta), 6 2 Certificates, according to the method described in 1501 pages (197, 1997), the production of the compound It can also be obtained by culturing a functional filamentous fungus and isolating and purifying it from a culture solution. .
化合物 2 5 (Aspochalasin B) : Compound 25 (Aspochalasin B):
¾-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 8.28 (1H, d, J = 16.5 Hz), 6.52 ΠΗ, d, J = 16.5 Hz), 6.33 (1H, d, J = 11.2 Hz), 5.99 (1H, brs), 5.44 (1H, brs), 4.82 (1H, brd, J = 6.1 Hz), 3.59 (1H, brs), 3.19 (1H, t, J = 4.6 Hz), 3.11 (1H, m), 2.74 (1H, brd, J = 11.4 Hz), 2.62 (1H, m), 2.38 (2H, m), 1.86 (1H, m), 1.79 (3H, brs), 1.57 (3H, m), 1.24 (3H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.22 (3H, s), 0.92 (3H, d, J = 5.9 Hz), 0.90 (3H, d, J = 6.2 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDC13, 75 MHz) (5 (ppm): 205.1, 195.5, 173.2, 141.6, 138.8, 136.4, 126.5 (2C), 124.7, 74.7, 68.9, 51.7, 48.2, 47.5, 41.6, 39.7, 34.8, 32.4, 25.2, 23.7, 21.1, 20.2, 15.5, 13.8; FAB -MS m/z 400 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 8.28 (1H, d, J = 16.5 Hz), 6.52 ΠΗ, d, J = 16.5 Hz), 6.33 (1H, d, J = 11.2 Hz), 5.99 (1H, brs), 5.44 (1H, brs), 4.82 (1H, brd, J = 6.1 Hz), 3.59 (1H, brs), 3.19 (1H, t, J = 4.6 Hz), 3.11 (1H, m ), 2.74 (1H, brd, J = 11.4 Hz), 2.62 (1H, m), 2.38 (2H, m), 1.86 (1H, m), 1.79 (3H, brs), 1.57 (3H, m), 1.24 (3H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.22 (3H, s), 0.92 (3H, d, J = 5.9 Hz), 0.90 (3H, d, J = 6.2 Hz); 13 C-NMR (CDC1 3, 75 MHz) (5 (ppm): 205.1, 195.5, 173.2, 141.6, 138.8, 136.4, 126.5 (2C), 124.7, 74.7, 68.9, 51.7, 48.2, 47.5, 41.6, 39.7, 34.8, 32.4, 25.2, 23.7, 21.1, 20.2, 15.5, 13.8; FAB-MS m / z 400 [M + H] + .
化合物 2 2 : Compound 22:
¾-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 9.77 (1H, brs), 9.75 (1H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.76 (1H, d, J = 15.8 Hz), 6.78 (1H, dd, J = 7.7, 15.8 Hz), 6.12 (1H, brs), 5.76 (1H, d, / =10.3 Hz), 5.34 (1H, brs), 3.23 (1H, d, J = 9.9 Hz), 3.16 (1H, m), 2.74 (1H, t, J = 4.8 Hz), 2.54 (3H, m), 2.33 (2H, m), 1.76 (3H, brs), 1.54 (IH, m), 1.50 (3H, s), 1.34 (1H, m), 1.21 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.92 (6H, d, J = 6.6 Hz); FAB-MS mlz 400 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 9.77 (1H, brs), 9.75 (1H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.76 (1H, d, J = 15.8 Hz), 6.78 (1H, dd) , J = 7.7, 15.8 Hz), 6.12 (1H, brs), 5.76 (1H, d, / = 10.3 Hz), 5.34 (1H, brs), 3.23 (1H, d, J = 9.9 Hz), 3.16 (1H , m), 2.74 (1H, t, J = 4.8 Hz), 2.54 (3H, m), 2.33 (2H, m), 1.76 (3H, brs), 1.54 (IH, m), 1.50 (3H, s), 1.34 (1H, m), 1.21 (3H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.92 (6H, d, J = 6.6 Hz); FAB-MS mlz 400 [M + H] + .
参考例 1 2 :化合物 2 4 (Aspochalasin A) Reference Example 12 2: Compound 24 (Aspochalasin A)
参考例 1 1で得られる化合物 2 5 (28.9mg; 0.0724mmol) をピリジン (0.5mL) に溶かし、 トリェチルァミン (0.5mL) を加えて、 室温で 19時間撹拌した。反応液 を水に注ぎ込み、 クロ口ホルム (20mL) で抽出し、 0.5mol/Li 酸水で洗浄した。 シリ力ゲル分取薄層クロマトグラフィ一(クロ口ホルム一メ夕ノ一ル)で精製し、 化合物 2 4 (21.2mg;収率73%) を得た。 Compound 25 (28.9 mg; 0.0724 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 11 was dissolved in pyridine (0.5 mL), and triethylamine (0.5 mL) was added, followed by stirring at room temperature for 19 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, extracted with chloroform (20 mL), and washed with 0.5 mol / Li aqueous acid. The product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography on a silica gel (prepared by chromatography on a gel) to obtain Compound 24 (21.2 mg; yield 73 %).
また、 化合物 2 4はヘルべチカ ·ヒミカ ·ァク夕 (Helv. Chim. Acta)、 62卷、 1501頁 (1979年) に記載の方法に準じて、 該化合物の生産能を有する糸状菌を培 養し、 培養液中から単離精製することによつても得ることができる。 In addition, compound 24 is a filamentous fungus capable of producing the compound according to the method described in Helvetica Chimica Acta, Vol. 62, p. 1501 (1979). It can also be obtained by culturing and isolating and purifying from a culture solution.
化合物 2 4 : Compound 24:
¾-NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 6.73 (IH, brs), 6.22 (IH, d, J = 11.0 Hz), 5.32 (IH, brs), 3.94 (IH, dd, J = 12.8, 19.4 Hz), 3.67 (1H, m), 3.14 -3.07 (2H, m), 2.94 (1H, brd, J = 9.5 Hz), 2.79 (IH, brt, J = 12.8 Hz), 2.55-2.40 (3H, m), 2.38-2.02 (2H, m), 1.99 (IH, m), 1.72 (3H, s), 1.56 (IH, m), 1.48 (3H, s), 1.19 (3H, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.16 (2H, m), 0.94 (6H, d, J = 6.6 Hz); 13C-NMR (CDC13, 75MHz) δ (ppm): 208.7, 202.6, 197.6, 175.5, 140.0, 135.7, 125.1, 124.8, 66.3, 52.1, 50.7, 48.7, 43.4, 38.8, 36.6, 35.3, 31.4, 31.2, 25.0, 23.5, 21.4, 19.9, 14.8, 13.4; FAB -MS m/z 400 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR (CDC1 3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 6.73 (IH, brs), 6.22 (IH, d, J = 11.0 Hz), 5.32 (IH, brs), 3.94 (IH, dd, J = 12.8 , 19.4 Hz), 3.67 (1H, m), 3.14 -3.07 (2H, m), 2.94 (1H, brd, J = 9.5 Hz), 2.79 (IH, brt, J = 12.8 Hz), 2.55-2.40 (3H , M), 2.38-2.02 (2H, m), 1.99 (IH, m), 1.72 (3H, s), 1.56 (IH, m), 1.48 (3H, s), 1.19 (3H, J = 6.6 Hz) , 1.16 (2H, m), 0.94 (6H, d, J = 6.6 Hz); 13 C-NMR (CDC1 3, 75MHz) δ (ppm): 208.7, 202.6, 197.6, 175.5, 140.0, 135.7, 125.1, 124.8 , 66.3, 52.1, 50.7, 48.7, 43.4, 38.8, 36.6, 35.3, 31.4, 31.2, 25.0, 23.5, 21.4, 19.9, 14.8, 13.4; FAB -MS m / z 400 [M + H] +.
参考例 1 3 :化合物 2 3 Reference Example 13: Compound 23
参考例 1 1で得られる化合物 2 5 (216mg; 0.541mmol) を酢酸ェチル (30mL) に溶解し 10%パラジウム一炭素 (150mg) を加えて、 水素雰囲気下、 室温で 4時間 撹拌した。 触媒をろ別した後、 シリカゲル分取薄層クロマトグラフィー (クロ口 ホルムとメタノールの混合溶媒)による精製を行い、化合物 2 3を 92.3mg得た(収 率 43%) 。 Compound 25 (216 mg; 0.541 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 11 was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 mL), 10% palladium on carbon (150 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 4 hours. After filtering off the catalyst, purification was performed by preparative thin-layer chromatography on silica gel (mixed solvent of chloroform and methanol) to obtain 92.3 mg of compound 23 (yield 43%).
化合物 2 3 : Compound 23:
¾-NMR CCDC13, 300 MHz) (5 (ppm): 7.01 (IH, brs), 6.00 (IH, d, J = 10.6 Hz), 4.17 (IH, brs), 3.40 (1H, m), 2.89-2.76 (3H, m), 2.42-1.76 (7H, m), 1.64-1.44 (2H, m), 1.32 (3H, d, J = 1.1 Hz), 1.25-1.03 (2H, m), 0.92-0.85 (15H, m); FAB-MS m/z 402 [M+H]+. ¾-NMR CCDC1 3, 300 MHz ) (5 (ppm): 7.01 (IH, brs), 6.00 (IH, d, J = 10.6 Hz), 4.17 (IH, brs), 3.40 (1H, m), 2.89-2.76 (3H, m), 2.42-1.76 (7H, m), 1.64-1.44 (2H, m), 1.32 (3H, d, J = 1.1 Hz), 1.25 -1.03 (2H, m), 0.92-0.85 (15H, m); FAB-MS m / z 402 [M + H] + .
'産業卜の禾 II用 πτ能小牛 '' Piτ Noh calf for industrial turtle II
本発明により、 非べプチド性化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効 成分として含有する SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤が提供される。 また、 本発明により SH3ドメイン結合阻害剤として有用な化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩 が提供される。 The present invention provides an SH3 domain binding inhibitor comprising a non-peptidic compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. The present invention also provides a compound useful as an SH3 domain binding inhibitor or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
Claims
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2003511866A JPWO2003006060A1 (en) | 2001-07-09 | 2002-04-19 | SH3 domain binding inhibitor |
| US10/483,439 US20050069999A1 (en) | 2001-07-09 | 2002-04-19 | Sh3 domain binding inhibitors |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2001207187 | 2001-07-09 | ||
| JP2001-207187 | 2001-07-09 | ||
| JP2002065022 | 2002-03-11 | ||
| JP2002-65022 | 2002-03-11 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2003006060A1 true WO2003006060A1 (en) | 2003-01-23 |
Family
ID=26618326
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2002/003932 Ceased WO2003006060A1 (en) | 2001-07-09 | 2002-04-19 | Sh3 domain binding inhibitors |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2003006060A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2003006060A1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2007037333A1 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2007-04-05 | Osaka Bioscience Institute | Inhibitor of binding to non-typical proline-rich sequence |
| CN1830960B (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2010-08-18 | 中国海洋大学 | 10-phenyl hydroisoindolone type compounds, preparation method and use thereof |
| CN102260271A (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2011-11-30 | 中国海洋大学 | Cytochalasin compound as well as preparation method thereof and purpose |
| CN103787953A (en) * | 2014-01-17 | 2014-05-14 | 杭州维康科技有限公司 | Compound Aspochalasin V and preparation method and application thereof |
| CN105085538A (en) * | 2015-08-21 | 2015-11-25 | 华中科技大学 | Compound with tumor cell G1-phase retardative effect, and preparation and application of compound |
| CN119977977A (en) * | 2025-01-02 | 2025-05-13 | 宁波大学 | A γ-lactam alkaloid compound having anti-methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus activity and its preparation method and use |
Citations (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS6348213A (en) * | 1986-08-15 | 1988-02-29 | Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd | antitumor agent |
| WO1995024915A1 (en) * | 1994-03-17 | 1995-09-21 | National Jewish Center For Immunology And Respiratory Medicine | Product and process for regulating signal transduction pathways |
| WO1996016169A1 (en) * | 1994-11-22 | 1996-05-30 | Rhône-Poulenc Rorer S.A. | Peptides capable of binding to the gap protein sh3 domain, nucleotide sequences coding therefor, and preparation and use thereof |
| WO1998016638A1 (en) * | 1995-10-13 | 1998-04-23 | The Rockefeller University | Consolidated ligands with increased affinities and methods of use thereof |
| US5780221A (en) * | 1995-05-03 | 1998-07-14 | Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research | Identification of enantiomeric ligands |
| WO1999060000A1 (en) * | 1998-05-18 | 1999-11-25 | Mercian Corporation | Novel physiologically active substances |
| WO2001021765A2 (en) * | 1999-09-21 | 2001-03-29 | Universita' Degli Studi Di Roma 'la Sapienza' | Method for the selective protection of proliferating normal cells and the selective eradication of tumor cells having an inactive p53 pathway |
| WO2001048179A2 (en) * | 1999-12-29 | 2001-07-05 | Genesoft, Inc. | Binding of polyamides to proteins having sh3 or ww domains |
-
2002
- 2002-04-19 WO PCT/JP2002/003932 patent/WO2003006060A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2002-04-19 JP JP2003511866A patent/JPWO2003006060A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS6348213A (en) * | 1986-08-15 | 1988-02-29 | Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd | antitumor agent |
| WO1995024915A1 (en) * | 1994-03-17 | 1995-09-21 | National Jewish Center For Immunology And Respiratory Medicine | Product and process for regulating signal transduction pathways |
| WO1996016169A1 (en) * | 1994-11-22 | 1996-05-30 | Rhône-Poulenc Rorer S.A. | Peptides capable of binding to the gap protein sh3 domain, nucleotide sequences coding therefor, and preparation and use thereof |
| US5780221A (en) * | 1995-05-03 | 1998-07-14 | Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research | Identification of enantiomeric ligands |
| WO1998016638A1 (en) * | 1995-10-13 | 1998-04-23 | The Rockefeller University | Consolidated ligands with increased affinities and methods of use thereof |
| WO1999060000A1 (en) * | 1998-05-18 | 1999-11-25 | Mercian Corporation | Novel physiologically active substances |
| WO2001021765A2 (en) * | 1999-09-21 | 2001-03-29 | Universita' Degli Studi Di Roma 'la Sapienza' | Method for the selective protection of proliferating normal cells and the selective eradication of tumor cells having an inactive p53 pathway |
| WO2001048179A2 (en) * | 1999-12-29 | 2001-07-05 | Genesoft, Inc. | Binding of polyamides to proteins having sh3 or ww domains |
Non-Patent Citations (6)
| Title |
|---|
| ABE, NAOKI ET AL.: "Novel fungal metabolites, demethylsorbicillin and oxosorbicillinol, isolated from trichoderma sp. USF-2690", BIOSCIENCE, BIOTECHNOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 64, no. 3, 2000, pages 620 - 622, XP002955016 * |
| NARUSE, NOBUAKI ET AL.: "Luminacins: a family of capillary tube formation inhibitors from streptomyces sp. I. Taxonomy, fermentation, isolation, physico-chemical properties and structure elucidation", JOURNAL OF ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 53, no. 6, 2000, pages 579 - 590, XP002955014 * |
| ONEYAMA, CHITOSE ET AL.: "UCS15A, a novel small molecule, SH3 domain-mediated protein-protein interaction blocking drug", ONCOGENE, vol. 21, no. 13, March 2002 (2002-03-01), pages 2037 - 2050, XP002955017 * |
| SHARMA, S.V. ET AL.: "UCS15A, a non-kinase inhibitor of Src signal transduction", ONCOGENE, vol. 20, no. 17, April 2001 (2001-04-01), pages 2068 - 2079, XP002955013 * |
| TATSUTA, K. ET AL.: "The first total synthesis and establishment of absolute structure of luminacins C1 and C2", TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 42, no. 43, 2001, pages 7625 - 7628, XP004307962 * |
| WAKABAYSHI, TOSHIAKI ET AL.: "Luminacins: a family of capillary tube formation inhibitors from streptomyces sp. II. Biological activities", JOURNAL OF ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 53, no. 6, 2000, pages 591 - 596, XP002955015 * |
Cited By (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN1830960B (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2010-08-18 | 中国海洋大学 | 10-phenyl hydroisoindolone type compounds, preparation method and use thereof |
| WO2007037333A1 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2007-04-05 | Osaka Bioscience Institute | Inhibitor of binding to non-typical proline-rich sequence |
| CN102260271A (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2011-11-30 | 中国海洋大学 | Cytochalasin compound as well as preparation method thereof and purpose |
| CN102260271B (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2013-10-30 | 中国海洋大学 | Cytochalasin compound as well as preparation method thereof and purpose |
| CN103787953A (en) * | 2014-01-17 | 2014-05-14 | 杭州维康科技有限公司 | Compound Aspochalasin V and preparation method and application thereof |
| CN103787953B (en) * | 2014-01-17 | 2015-12-02 | 杭州维康科技有限公司 | Compd A spochalasin V and its preparation method and application |
| CN105085538A (en) * | 2015-08-21 | 2015-11-25 | 华中科技大学 | Compound with tumor cell G1-phase retardative effect, and preparation and application of compound |
| CN119977977A (en) * | 2025-01-02 | 2025-05-13 | 宁波大学 | A γ-lactam alkaloid compound having anti-methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus activity and its preparation method and use |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2003006060A1 (en) | 2004-10-28 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US6713480B2 (en) | Phenylahistin and the phenylahistin analogs, a new class of anti-tumor compounds | |
| HUT58820A (en) | Process for producing new polypeptides | |
| JP2007291075A (en) | New compound sterenin and method for producing the same | |
| CA2718394C (en) | Microorganism producing cyclic compound | |
| WO2003006060A1 (en) | Sh3 domain binding inhibitors | |
| RU2482130C2 (en) | Cyclic compound and salt thereof | |
| RU2261254C2 (en) | Memnopeptides, method for their preparing and their applying | |
| MXPA02009660A (en) | Chemokine receptor antagonists. | |
| CA2090097A1 (en) | Bu-4641v, an antibacterial, antiviral and antitumor antibiotic | |
| RU2221870C2 (en) | Mumbaistatin, method for its preparing and its application as pharmaceutical preparation | |
| WO2005061461A1 (en) | INHIBITORS AGAINST MEMBERS OF THE HEAT SHOCK PROTEIN 90 (hsp90) FAMILY | |
| US20050069999A1 (en) | Sh3 domain binding inhibitors | |
| JP3875024B2 (en) | Novel physiologically active substance that inhibits human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) growth | |
| JP3512155B2 (en) | Terpenoid lactone compounds and methods for their production | |
| JPWO2004024141A1 (en) | Hsp90 family protein inhibitors | |
| JPH0959275A (en) | New substance triplostatin, method for producing the same, cell cycle inhibitor and antitumor agent | |
| JP4057765B2 (en) | New physiologically active substance | |
| EP0629184A1 (en) | TETRALIN DERIVATIVES AS HMG-CoA REDUCTASE INHIBITORS | |
| MXPA02002223A (en) | Novel compound f15078. | |
| JPH02218686A (en) | Dc1149b, dc1149r and production thereof | |
| CN115990155A (en) | Application of Bromoazone Compounds in the Preparation of Osteoclast Differentiation Inhibitors | |
| JP2001286292A (en) | New compound f-90558 and method for producing the same | |
| JP2004292403A (en) | EN1761KA compounds | |
| JPH04224559A (en) | Arterialization-inhibiting substance fr-901448 and fr-901449 | |
| JP2002068980A (en) | Usage of biologically active material, nk34896 analog |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AK | Designated states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZM ZW |
|
| AL | Designated countries for regional patents |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG |
|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
| DFPE | Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101) | ||
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2003511866 Country of ref document: JP |
|
| REG | Reference to national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: 8642 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 10483439 Country of ref document: US |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |